Hyundai Elantra 2013 Owner's manual

Hyundai Elantra 2013 Owner's manual
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may
be carried out.
This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes
descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not
apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect
the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions
of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation
of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is
possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the
radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
WARNING
This indicates that a situation may result in harm, serious injury or death to you
or other persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the
warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a situation may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
✽ NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
F3
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people
who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something
of which we are very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you
read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your
new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized
Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance
that may be required.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the
specifications listed on Page 8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please
leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
Copyright 2012 Hyundai Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in
any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor
America.
F4
Guide to Hyundai Genuine
Parts
1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the
same parts used by Hyundai Motor
Company to manufacture vehicles.
They are designed and tested for
the optimum safety, performance,
and reliability to our customers.
2. Why should you use genuine
parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineered and built to meet rigid manufacturing requirements. Using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage parts
is not covered under the Hyundai
New Vehicle Limited Warranty or any
other Hyundai warranty.
A100A01L
In addition, any damage to or failure of Hyundai Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure
of an imitation, counterfeit or used
salvage part is not covered by any
Hyundai Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Look for the Hyundai Genuine Parts
Logo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts exported
are packaged with labels written
only in English.
Hyundai Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized Hyundai
Dealerships.
A100A02L
A100A03L
A100A04L
F5
Introduction
How to use this manual / Fuel requirements / Vehicle break-in process /
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders / Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview / Interior overview / Instrument panel overview / Engine compartment
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats / Seat belts / Child restraint system / Air bag
Features of your vehicle
Keys / Door locks / Trunk / Windows / Hood / Fuel filler lid / Sunroof / Steering wheel / Mirrors /
Instrument cluster / Lighting / Wipers & Washers / Climate control system / Multimedia system / Etc.
table of contents
Driving your vehicle
Before driving / Engine start/stop button / Transaxle / Brake system / Cruise control system /
Active ECO system / Winter driving / Vehicle load limit / Etc.
What to do in an emergency
Road warning / Emergency while driving / Emergency starting / Engine overheat / TPMS / Flat tire / Towing / Etc.
Maintenance
Engine compartment / Maintenance service / Engine oil / Engine coolant / Brake fluid / Washer fluid /
Parking brake / Air cleaner / Wiper blades / Battery / Tire and wheels / Fuses / Light bulbs / Etc.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
8
Index
I
Introduction
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
• Symbols used in this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Fuel requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
• Gasoline containing alcohol and methanol . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Do not use methanol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
• Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle break-in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders . 1-6
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster . . . . 1-7
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can
assist you in many ways. We strongly recommend that you read the
entire manual. In order to minimize
the chance of death or injury, you
must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words
in this manual to best explain how to
enjoy your vehicle. By reading your
manual, you will learn about features, important safety information,
and driving tips under various road
conditions.
The general layout of the manual is
provided in the Table of Contents.
Use the index when looking for a
specific area or subject; it has an
alphabetical listing of all information
in your manual.
1 2
Sections: This manual has eight sections plus an index. Each section
begins with a brief list of contents so
you can tell at a glance if that section
has the information you want.
You will find various types of safety
instructions in this manual. These
instructions were prepared to enhance
your personal safety. Carefully read
and follow ALL procedures and recommendations provided in these
instructions.
Symbols used in this manual
Warnings, cautions and Notices
WARNING
A WARNING indicates a situation in which harm, serious bodily injury or death could result if
the warning is ignored.
CAUTION
A CAUTION indicates a situation
in which damage to your vehicle
could result if the caution is
ignored.
✽ NOTICE
A NOTICE indicates interesting or
helpful information is being provided.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Symbols used in illustrations
Safety symbol
The symbol means to "Avoid"
or "Do not do something".
Arrows
Indicates the location.
Indicates the action (pressing,
turning, etc.) or outcome of an
operation.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having a pump
octane number ((R+M)/2) of 87
(Research Octane Number 91) or
higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (Consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details.)
WARNING - Refueling
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling. Attempts to
force more fuel into the tank
can cause fuel overflow onto
you and the ground causing a
risk of fire.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open indicator
light will illuminate.
1 3
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol), and gasoline or gasohol containing methanol (also known as
wood alcohol) are being marketed
along with or instead of leaded or
unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 10% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
Vehicle damage or drivability problems may not be covered by the
manufacturer’s warranty if they result
from the use of:
1.Gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol.
2.Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3.Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
1 4
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. “E85” is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of “E85”
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
recommends that customers do not
use fuel with an ethanol content
exceeding 10 percent.
✽ NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
does not cover damage to the fuel
system or any performance problems caused by the use of “E85” fuel.
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood
alcohol) should not be used in your
vehicle. This type of fuel can reduce
vehicle performance and damage
components of the fuel system.
✽ NOTICE
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol.
Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline, which
help prevent deposit formation in the
engine. These gasolines will help the
engine run cleaner and enhance performance of the Emission Control
System. For more information on
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline,
please go to the website (www.toptiergas.com)
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, additives that you can buy separately
may be added to the gasoline. If
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not
available, one bottle of additive
added to the fuel tank at every 7,500
miles or 12 months is recommended.
Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along
with information on how to use them.
Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
No special break-in period is needed.
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is
needed to properly break-in the
engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly.
• Do not let the engine idle longer
than 3 minutes at one time.
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
1 5
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle's
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/ fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
1 6
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are
recorded by your vehicle only if a
non-trivial crash situation occurs;
no data are recorded by the EDR
under normal driving conditions
and no personal data (e.g., name,
gender, age, and crash location)
are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement,
could combine the EDR data with
the type of personally identifying
data routinely acquired during a
crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Introduction
INDICATOR SYMBOLS ON THE INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Air bag warning light
Low windshield washer fluid
level warning light
Seat belt warning light
Charging system warning
light
Turn signal indicator
Door ajar warning light
Electronic stability control
(ESC) indicator / ESC malfunction indicator
Electronic stability control
(ESC) OFF indicator
CRUISE
Front fog light indicator
Trunk lid open warning light
High beam indicator
Immobilizer indicator
Position (Parking)/
Tail light indicator
P
EPS
SET Cruise control SET indicator
Low tire pressure telltale/
TPMS malfunction indicator
Electronic power steering
(EPS) system warning light
Engine oil pressure warning
light
Engine coolant temperature
warning light
Parking brake & Brake fluid
warning light
Low fuel level warning light
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
Malfunction indicator light
Shift pattern indicator
Cruise control indicator
ECO ECO indicator
For more detailed explanations, refer to “Instrument cluster” in section 4.
1 7
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior overview I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Exterior overview II. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Interior overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW I
■ Front
1. Door handle switch (smart key) ............4-6
6. Removable towing hook ........................6-21
2. Hood ......................................................4-25
7. Wiper blade ............................................7-32
3. Outside rearview mirror..........................4-46
8. Tires and wheels ....................................7-37
4. Windows ................................................4-21
9. Headlamp ..............................................7-63
5. Panorama sunroof..................................4-29
10. Fog light ..............................................7-63
OHG011005A
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW II
■ Rear
1. Door ......................................................4-15
5. Emergency fuel filler lid release............4-28
2. Trunk ....................................................4-19
6. Rear parking assist system ..................4-77
3. Emergency trunk safety release ..........4-20
7. Glass antenna ......................................4-116
4. Fuel filler lid ..........................................4-26
8. Rear combination lamp ........................7-67
OHG011006A
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Seat.....................................................3-2
2. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-16
3. Central door lock switch....................4-17
4. Power window switches ....................4-21
5. Power window lock button ................4-24
6. Outside rearview mirror control
switch ................................................4-47
7. Seat adjustment .................................3-4
8. Driver’s position memory system......4-33
9. Trunk lid release lever .......................4-19
10. Fuel filler lid release button.............4-26
11. Hood release lever..........................4-25
12. Fuse box .........................................7-52
13. Steering wheel tilt control ...............4-36
14. Steering wheel ................................4-35
15. Instrument panel illumination control
switch ..............................................4-50
16. Active ECO button ..........................5-32
17. ESC OFF button .............................5-21
OHG011001A
2 4
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
1. Instrument cluster ...............................4-49
2. Horn ....................................................4-37
3. Driver’s front air bag ...........................3-46
4. Light control/Turn signals....................4-84
5. Wiper/Washer .....................................4-88
6. Steering wheel audio control ............4-116
7. Cruise control switch ..........................5-28
8. ENGINE START/STOP button ..............5-5
9. Navigation/Audio system ..................4-118
10. Hazard warning flasher ..............4-82/6-2
11. Climate control system .....................4-94
12. Shift lever ..........................................5-10
13. Passenger’s front air bag..................3-46
14. Glove box........................................4-108
15. Power outlet ....................................4-111
16. Aux, iPod® and USB .......................4-119
17. Seat warmer or
Seat warmer with air ventilation.....3-8,3-9
18. Rear curtain button .........................4-115
19. Rear parking assist system
OFF button........................................4-77
20. Cup holder or Ashtray.....................4-110
21. Brake pedal.......................................5-16
22. Parking brake....................................5-18
OHG011002A
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-23
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-23
3. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-24
4. Radiator cap .....................................7-26
5. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-27
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-28
7. Air cleaner.........................................7-29
8. Positive battery terminal...................7-34
9. Negative battery terminal ................7-34
10. Fuse box .........................................7-53
OHG010004A
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
Seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
• Rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Seat belt restraint system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
• Pre-tensioner seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
• Seat belt precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26
Child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27
• Using a child restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28
- Automatic locking mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29
- Tether Anchor system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32
- Lower anchor system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33
Air bag - advanced supplemental restraint system . 3-35
• How does the air bag system operate . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36
• Air bag warning indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
• SRS components and functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
• Occupation classification system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
• Driver's and passenger's front air bag. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-46
• Side impact air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-49
• Curtain air bag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-50
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-57
• Additional safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
• Air bag warning label. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEATS
■ Type A
Driver’s seat
■ Type B
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
Forward and rearward
Seatback angle
Seat cushion height
Lumbar support
Cushion extension
Driver position memory system
Seat warmer/
Seat warmer with air ventilation
(8) Headrest
Front passenger’s seat
(9) Forward and rearward
(10) Seatback angle
(11) Seat cushion height
(12) Seat warmer/
Seat warmer with air ventilation
(13) Headrest
Rear seat
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
OHG031001A
3 2
Armrest
Headrest
Seat warmer
Seat folding
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver’s
foot area could interfere with
the operation of the foot pedals,
possibly causing an accident.
Do not place anything under the
front seats.
WARNING
- Driver responsibility for
passengers
The driver must advise the passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever
the vehicle is in motion. If a seat
is reclined during an accident,
the occupant’s hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen. Serious
or fatal internal injuries could
result.
WARNING
Occupants should never sit on
seat cushions. The passenger's
hips may slide under the lap
portion of the seat belt during
an accident or a sudden stop.
Serious or fatal internal injuries
could result because the seat
belt cannot operate normally.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
To avoid serious injury or death:
• Never attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. This could result in loss
of control, and an accident
causing death, serious injury,
or property damage.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position of
the seatback. Storing items
against a seatback or in any
other way interfering with proper locking of a seatback could
result in serious or fatal injury
in a sudden stop or collision.
• In order to avoid unnecessary
and perhaps severe air bag
injuries, always sit as far back
as possible from the steering
wheel while maintaining comfortable control of the vehicle.
A distance of at least 10 inches
from your chest to the steering
wheel is recommended.
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Rear
seatbacks
Always lock the rear seatback
before driving. Failure to do so
could result in passengers or
objects being thrown forward
injuring vehicle occupants.
Front seat
Automatic adjustment
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switch located on
the door and outside of the seat
cushion. Before driving, adjust the
seat to the proper position so as to
easily control the steering wheel,
pedals and switches on the instrument panel.
WARNING - Seat
adjustment
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat cushion forward may
cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
• Use extreme caution so that
hands or other objects are not
caught in the seat mechanisms
while the seat is moving.
3 4
WARNING
The power seat is operable with
the ignition OFF.
Therefore, children should never
be left unattended in the vehicle.
CAUTION
• The power seat is driven by an
electric motor. Stop the motor
operation once the adjustment is completed. Excessive
operation may damage the
electrical equipment.
• When in operation, the power
seat consumes a large amount
of electrical power. To prevent
unnecessary charging system
drain, do not adjust the power
seat longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
• Do not operate two or more
power seat control switches at
the same time. Doing so may
result in power seat motor or
electrical component malfunction.
Safety features of your vehicle
OHG030007
OHG030008
OHG030009
Forward and rearward
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward to move the seat to the
desired position.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seatback angle
1. Push the upper part of the control
switch forward or rearward to move
the seatback to the desired angle.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Seat cushion height
1. Push the front portion of the control switch up to raise or down to
lower the front part of the seat
cushion. Push the rear portion of
the control switch up to raise or
down to lower the rear part of the
seat cushion.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
OHG030010
OHG030012
OMG038400
Lumbar support (for driver’s seat)
1. Press the front portion of the
switch to increase support or the
rear portion of the switch to
decrease support.
2. Release the switch once it reaches the desired position.
Cushion extension
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
1. Push the switch forward to raise
the cushion extension. Push the
switch rearward to lower the cushion extension.
2. Release the switch once the cushion extension reaches the desired
position.
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's
seats are equipped with a headrest
for the occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for the driver and front passenger,
but also helps to protect the head and
neck in the event of a collision.
3 6
Safety features of your vehicle
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height of the top of their eyes.
Also, adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible.
For this reason, the use of a cushion
that holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
WARNING
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed
as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head
support in a crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
OHG030016
OHG030014
Forward and rearward adjustment
The headrest may be adjusted forward to 4 different positions by
pulling the headrest forward to the
desired detent. To adjust the headrest to it’s furthest rearward position,
pull it fully forward to the farthest
position and release it. Adjust the
headrest so that it properly supports
the head and neck.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the "OFF" position.
• Each time you press the button,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
■ Type A
■ Type A
Removal and installation
• To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling
upward (2).
• To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button
(1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height.
• Make sure the headrest locks in
position after adjusting it to properly
protect the occupants.
3 8
■ Type B
)
■ Type B
OFF→HIGH(
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
→
OHG030015
) → LOW(
→
OFF → HIGH(
OHG031017A
OHG031018A
Seat warmer
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the front seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the driver's seat or the front
passenger's seat.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
• With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat warmer
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Never allow passengers who
may not be able to take care of
themselves to be exposed to
the risk of seat heater burns.
These include:
1. Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2. Persons with sensitive skin
or those that burn easily
3. Fatigued individuals
4. Intoxicated individuals
5. Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OHG031019A
Air ventilation seat (if equipped)
The air ventilation is provided to cool
the front seats during hot weather by
blowing air through small vent holes
on the surface of the seats and seatbacks. While the engine is running,
press the rear portion of the switch to
cool the driver's seat or the front passenger's seat.
When the operation of the air ventilation is not needed, keep the switches
in the OFF position.
3 9
Safety features of your vehicle
• Each time you press the switch,
the airflow changes as follows:
)→MIDDLE(
)→LOW(
)
→
OFF→HIGH(
WARNING
For proper operation of the
occupant classification system:
• Do not place any items cumulatively weighing over 2.2 lbs
(1 kg) in the passenger’s seatback pocket or on the passenger’s seat.
• Do not hang onto the front
passenger seatback.
• When the air ventilation seat is
turned on, the seat may get cooler
after about 5 minutes.
• The air ventilation seat defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position.
OHG030020
Seatback pockets
WARNING - Seatback
pockets
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pocket.
An occupant could contact such
objects in a crash. Heavy objects
in the front passenger seatback
could also interfere with the
occupant sensing system.
3 10
Safety features of your vehicle
Also adjust the headrest as close to
your head as possible.
For this reason, the use of a cushion
that holds the body away from the
seatback is not recommended.
WARNING
ONF039401
Rear seat
Headrest
The rear seat is equipped with headrests for the occupant's safety and
comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort for passengers, but also helps to
protect the head and neck in the
event of a collision.
For maximum effectiveness in case
of an accident, the headrest should
be adjusted so the middle of the
headrest is at the same height of the
center of gravity of an occupant's
head. Generally, the center of gravity
of most people's head is similar with
the height as the top of their eyes.
• Do not operate the vehicle
with the headrests removed
as severe injury to the occupants may occur in the event
of an accident. Headrests can
provide critical neck and head
support in a crash.
• Do not adjust the headrest
height while the vehicle is in
motion. Driver may lose control of the vehicle.
OHG030021
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the
headrest, push and hold the release
button (2) on the headrest support
and lower the headrest to the desired
position (3).
3 11
Safety features of your vehicle
• Each time you press the button,
the temperature setting of the seat
will change as follows :
) → LOW(
)
→
OFF → HIGH(
OHG030022
OHG030028
Removal and installation
• To remove the headrest, raise it as
far as it can go then press the
release button (1) while pulling
upward (2).
• To reinstall the headrest, put the
headrest poles (3) into the holes
while pressing the release button
(1). Then adjust it to the appropriate height and ensure that it locks
in position.
Seat warmer
The seat warmer is provided to warm
the rear seats during cold weather.
With the ignition switch in the ON
position, push either of the switches
to warm the seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
3 12
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the ignition
switch is turned on.
• With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in
the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature.
Safety features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• When cleaning the seats, do
not use an organic solvent
such as paint thinner, benzene, alcohol and gasoline.
Doing so may damage the surface of the heater or seats.
• To prevent overheating the
seat warmer, do not place anything on the seats that insulates against heat, such as
blankets, cushions or seat
covers while the seat warmer
is in operation.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped
with seat warmers. Damage to
the seat warming components
could occur.
WARNING - Seat warmer
burns
Never allow passengers who
may not be able to take care of
themselves to be exposed to
the risk of seat heater burns.
These include:
1.Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients
2.Persons with sensitive skin or
those that burn easily
3.Fatigued individuals
4.Intoxicated individuals
5.Individuals taking medication
that can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness (sleeping pills,
cold tablets, etc.)
OHG031054A
Armrest
To use the armrest, swing down the
armrest to the lowest position (1).
3 13
Safety features of your vehicle
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
OHG041167A
Cup holder
To use the cup holder, pull up the
cover (2).
3 14
• Never allow passengers to sit
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is
moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat
belts are available for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
OHG030063L
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Make sure the rear seat belt webbing is in the guide to prevent the
seat belt from being damaged.
2. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
3. Lower the rear headrests to the
lowest position.
Safety features of your vehicle
5. To use the rear seat, lift and push
the seatback backward. Push back
the seatback firmly until it clicks
into place. Make sure the seatback
is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
OHG030061L
OHG030062L
4. Pull out the seatback folding lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle.
When returning the rear seatbacks to
the upright position, remember to
return the rear shoulder belts to their
proper position.
WARNING - Rear seatback
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING - Cargo
Do not place heavy objects in
the rear seats, since they cannot be properly secured and
may hit vehicle occupants in a
frontal collision causing serious injury or death.
3 15
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
Seat belts are designed to bear upon
the bony structure of the body, and
should be worn low across the front
of the pelvis or the pelvis, chest and
shoulders, as applicable; wearing the
lap section of the belt across the
abdominal area must be avoided.
Seat belts should be adjusted as
firmly as possible, consistent with
comfort, to provide the protection for
which they have been designed.
A slack belt will greatly reduce the
protection afforded to the wearer.
Care should be taken to avoid contamination of the webbing with polishes, oils and chemicals, and particularly battery acid. Cleaning may
safely be carried out using mild soap
and water. The belt should be
replaced if webbing becomes frayed,
contaminated or damaged.
• For maximum restraint system protection, the seat belts must always
be used whenever the vehicle is
moving. A properly positioned
shoulder belt should be positioned
midway over your shoulder across
your collarbone.
3 16
• Never allow children to ride in the
front passenger seat. See child
restraint system section for further
discussion.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack, or prevent the seat
belt assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
WARNING - Shoulder belt
Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt cannot protect the
occupant in a crash.
WARNING - Damaged
seat belt
Replace the entire seat belt
assembly if any part of the webbing or hardware is damaged as
you can no longer be sure that a
damaged seat belt will provide
protection in a crash.
WARNING - Twisted
seat belt
Make sure your seat belt is not
twisted when worn. A twisted
seat belt may not properly protect you in an accident and
could even cut into your body.
WARNING - Seat belt
buckle
Do not allow foreign material
(gum, crumbs, coins, etc.) to
obstruct the seat belt buckle.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely. An
improperly fastened seat belt
can result in serious injury or
death.
Safety features of your vehicle
Driver's side (1)
Conditions
Front passenger’s side (2)
Warning Pattern
Seat Belt
Vehicle
Speed
Unbuckled
-
Buckled*1
-
ChimeSound
Light-Blink
Below 3 mph
6 seconds
(5 km/h)
Buckled →
Unbuckled
OHG030029
Seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver and passenger, the seatbelt warning light will
blink and warning chime will sound
as follows:
Unbuckled
6 seconds
-
6 seconds
None
Above 6mph
Unbuckled
(10 km/h)
6 sec. on / 24 sec. off
(11 times)
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
6 seconds *2
↓
Light-Blink
-
Above 6 mph
(10 km/h)
Stop *3
Vehicle
Speed
Buckled*1
6 seconds
↓
Seat Belt
Unbuckled
3 mph~
6 mph
Below 3 mph
(5 km/h)
Warning Pattern
None
6 seconds
6 seconds
Conditions
*1 The warning light blinks 6 seconds
whenever the ignition switch is in
ON position.
*2 Warning pattern repeats 11 times
with an interval of 24 seconds. If
the driver's seat belt is buckled, the
light will stop within 6 seconds and
chime will stop immediately.
*3 The light will stop within 6 seconds
and chime will stop immediately.
Above 6mph
(10 km/h)
Buckled →
Unbuckled Below 6mph
(10 km/h)
Continuously
Continuously *2
None
*1 The warning light blinks 6 seconds
whenever the ignition switch is in
ON position.
*2 The seat belt warning light will go
off if the vehicle speed decreases
below 3 mph (5 km/h). If the vehicle speed increases above 3 mph
(5 km/h), the warning light will blink
again.
3 17
Safety features of your vehicle
• You can find the front passenger's
seat belt warning light on the center fascia panel.
• Although the front passenger seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink for 6 seconds.
• The seat belt warning light can
blink when a briefcase or purse is
placed on the front passenger
seat.
It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly.
If you are not able to pull out the seat
belt from the retractor, firmly pull the
belt out and release it. Then you will
be able to pull the belt out smoothly.
B180A01NF-1
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system
with emergency locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of
the retractor and insert the metal tab
(1) into the buckle (2). There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks
into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length only after the lap
belt portion is adjusted manually so
that it fits snugly around your hips. If
you lean forward in a slow, easy
motion, the belt will extend and let
you move around. If there is a sudden stop or impact, however, the belt
will lock into position.
3 18
Safety features of your vehicle
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
WARNING
OHG030030
Height adjustment (front seat)
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the 4
positions for maximum comfort and
safety.
The height of the adjusting seat belt
should not be too close to your neck.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so that it lies across your
chest and midway over your shoulder
near the door and not your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
- Shoulder belt position
Never position the shoulder belt
across your neck or face.
Improperly positioned seat
belts can cause serious injuries
in an accident.
WARNING
- Seat belt replacement
Replace your seat belts after
being in an accident. Failure to
replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of
another collision.
B200A02NF
You should place the lap belt portion
as low as possible and snugly across
your hips. If the lap belt is located too
high on your waist, it may increase
the chance of injury in the event of a
collision.
The arm closest to the seat belt
buckle should be over the belt while
the other arm should be under the
belt as shown in the illustration.
3 19
Safety features of your vehicle
Seat belts - Front passenger and
rear seat 3-point system with
combination locking retractor
To fasten your seat belt:
Combination retractor type seat belts
are installed in the rear seat positions to help accommodate the
installation of child restraint systems.
Although a combination retractor is
also installed in the front passenger
seat position, it is strongly recommended that children always be
seated in the rear seat. NEVER
place any infant restraint system in
the front seat of the vehicle.
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking retractor seat belt and an automatic locking retractor seat belt. To
fasten your seat belt, pull it out of the
retractor and insert the metal tab into
the buckle. There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle. When not securing a child
restraint, the seat belt operates in the
same way as the driver's seat belt
(Emergency Locking Retractor Type).
3 20
It automatically adjusts to the proper
length only after the lap belt portion
of the seat belt is adjusted manually
so that it fits snugly around your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to “Using a child restraint system” in this section.
To convert from the automatic locking feature to the emergency locking
operation mode, allow the unbuckled
seat belt to fully retract.
OHG030031
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
Safety features of your vehicle
B210A01NF-1
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing
the release button (1) in the locking
buckle. When it is released, the belt
should automatically draws back into
the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the
belt to be sure it is not twisted, then
try again.
OED030300
Pre-tensioner seat belt
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's pre-tensioner
seat belts. The purpose of the pretensioner is to make sure that the
seat belts fit tightly against the occupant's body in certain frontal collisions or side collisions. The pre-tensioner seat belts may be activated in
crashes where the frontal collision or
side collision is severe enough.
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal
collisions or side collision, the pretensioner will activate and pull the
seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the load limiter inside the pretensioner will release some of the
pressure on the affected seat belt.
WARNING
Do not put anything near the
buckle. Placing objects near the
buckle can adversely affect the
anchor pre-tensioner and may
increase the risk of personal
injury in the event of a collision.
3 21
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
OHG031074A
The seat belt pre-tensioner system
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
4. Anchor pre-tensioner assembly
Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts may be
activated in certain frontal collisions
or side collisions.
The pre-tensioners will not be activated if the seat belts are not being
worn at the time of the collision.
3 22
To obtain maximum benefit
from a pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seat belt must be worn
correctly and adjusted to the
proper position. Please read
and follow all of the important
information and precautions
about your vehicle’s occupant
safety features – including
seat belts and air bags – that
are provided in this manual.
2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts
properly.
✽ NOTICE
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts
are activated, a loud noise may be
heard and fine dust, which may
appear to be smoke, may be visible
in the passenger compartment.
These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which
the pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated. The fine dust from the
pre-tensioner activation may
cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged
periods.
Safety features of your vehicle
• Because the sensor that activates
the SRS air bag is connected with
the pre-tensioner seat belt, the
SRS air bag warning light ( ) on
the instrument panel will illuminate
for approximately 6 seconds after
the ignition switch has been turned
to the ON position, and then it
should turn off.
• If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
working properly, this warning light
will illuminate even if there is no
malfunction of the SRS air bag. If
the SRS air bag warning light does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is turned ON, or if it remains
illuminated after illuminating for
approximately 6 seconds, or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being
driven, please have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the pretensioner seat belt and SRS air bag
system as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
Do not attempt to service or repair
the pre-tensioner seat belt system in
any manner. Do not attempt to
inspect or replace the pre-tensioner
seat belts yourself. This must be
done by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
fires during a collision the pretensioner becomes hot and can
burn you.
Pre-tensioners are designed to operate only one time. After activation,
pre-tensioner seat belts must be
replaced. If the pre-tensioner seat
belt must be replaced, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Seat belt precautions
WARNING
All occupants of the vehicle
must wear their seat belts at all
times. Seat belts and child
restraints reduce the risk of
serious or fatal injuries for all
occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop. Without a
seat belt, occupants could be
shifted too close to a deploying
air bag, strike the interior structure or be thrown from the vehicle. Properly worn seat belts
greatly reduce these hazards.
Even with advanced air bags,
unbelted occupants can be
severely injured by a deploying
air bag.
Always follow the precautions
about seat belts, air bags and
occupant safety contained in
this manual.
3 23
Safety features of your vehicle
Infant or small child
All 50 states have child restraint laws.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child
and/or infant seats must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat.
For more information about the use of
these restraints, refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
WARNING
Every person in your vehicle
needs to be properly restrained
at all times, including infants
and children. Never hold a child
in your arms or lap when riding
in a vehicle. The violent forces
created during a crash will tear
the child from your arms and
throw the child against the interior. Always use a child restraint
appropriate for your child's
height and weight.
3 24
✽ NOTICE
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when
properly restrained in the rear seat
by a child restraint system that meets
the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
Before buying any child restraint system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard 213. The
restraint must be appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
Check the label on the child restraint
for this information. Refer to “Child
restraint system” in this section.
Larger children
Children who are too large for child
restraint systems should always
occupy the rear seat and use the
available lap/shoulder belts. The lap
portion should be fastened snug on
the hips and as low as possible.
Check if the belt fits periodically. A
child's squirming could put the belt
out of position. Children are given the
most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a
proper restraint system in the rear
seat. If a larger child (over age 12)
must be seated in the front seat, the
child should be securely restrained
by the available lap/shoulder belt and
the seat should be placed in the rearmost position. Children age 12 and
under should be restrained securely
in the rear seat. NEVER place a child
age 12 and under in the front seat.
NEVER place a rear facing child seat
in the front seat of a vehicle.
Safety features of your vehicle
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child’s neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center of
the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need to
be returned to a child restraint system.
WARNING - Small children
Do not allow small children to
ride in the vehicle without an
appropriate child restraint system. If the shoulder belt comes
in contact with your child's neck
or face your child is too small to
ride in the vehicle. In a crash the
seat belt will inflict injury to your
child's neck, throat and face.
Pregnant women
The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to
lessen the chance of injury in an
accident. When a seat belt is used,
the lap belt portion should be placed
as low and snugly as possible on the
hips, not across the abdomen. For
specific recommendations, consult a
physician.
WARNING - Pregnant
women
Pregnant women must never
place the lap portion of the seat
belt above or on the abdomen
where the fetus is located. The
force of the seat belt during a
collision will crush the fetus.
Injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
When this is necessary, you should
consult a physician for recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children)
should never attempt to use a single
seat belt. This could increase the
severity of injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
To reduce the chance of injuries in
the event of an accident and to
achieve maximum effectiveness of
the restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front
seats should be in an upright position when the vehicle is moving. A
seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front seat is in
a reclined position.
3 25
Safety features of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
WARNING - Pinched
seat belt
Make sure that the webbing
and/or buckle does not get
caught or pinched in the rear
seat when returning the rear
seatback to its upright position.
A caught or pinched webbing/
buckle may become damaged
and could fail during a collision
or sudden stop resulting in serious injury or death.
3 26
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire in-use seat belt assembly
or assemblies should be replaced if
the vehicle has been involved in an
accident. This should be done even if
no damage is visible. Additional
questions concerning seat belt operation should be directed to an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety features of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM
Children riding in the vehicle should
sit in the rear seat and must always
be properly restrained to minimize
the risk of injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Larger children not in
a child restraint should use one of
the seat belts provided.
You should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state. Child
and/or infant safety seats must be
properly placed and installed in the
rear seat.You must use a commercially available child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS).
Child restraint systems are designed
to be secured in vehicle seats by
seat belt, or by a tether anchor
and/or LATCH anchors.
Children could be injured or killed in
a crash if their restraints are not
properly secured. For small children
and babies, a child seat or infant seat
must be used.
Before buying a particular child
restraint system, make sure it fits your
car seat, seat belts and your child.
Follow all the instructions provided
by the manufacturer when installing
the child restraint system.
WARNING - Restraint
location
Never install a child or infant
seat on the front passenger's
seat. A child riding in the front
passenger seat can be forcefully struck by an inflating airbag
and severely injuring or killing
the child or infant.
WARNING - Hot child
restraint
A child restraint system can
become very hot if it is left in a
closed vehicle on a sunny day.
Be sure to check the seat cover,
buckles and latches before
placing a child in the restraint
system.
When the child restraint system is
not in use, store it in the luggage
area or fasten it with a seat belt so
that it will not be thrown forward in
case of a sudden stop or an accident.
3 27
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Holding
children
Never hold a child in your arms
or lap when riding in a vehicle.
The violent forces created during
a crash will tear the child from
your arms and throw the child
against the vehicle’s interior
causing serious injury or death.
Always use a child restraint
system which is appropriate for
your child's height and weight.
WARNING
Never use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks"
over a seatback, it may not provide adequate security in an
accident.
WARNING - Unattended
■ Rearward-facing child restraint system
Children
Never leave children unattended in a vehicle. The vehicle can
heat up very quickly, resulting
in serious injuries or death to
the child in the vehicle.
WARNING - Seat belt use
CRS09
■ Forward-facing child restraint system
Do not use one seat belt for two
occupants at the same time.
This will eliminate any safety
benefit provided by the seat belt
to the occupants resulting in
serious injury or death.
OHG031032A
Using a child restraint system
For small children and babies, the
use of a child seat or infant seat is
required. This child seat or infant
seat should be of appropriate size for
the child and should be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions.
3 28
Safety features of your vehicle
For safety reasons, we recommend
that the child restraint system be
used in the rear seats.
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually change
these seat belts to the automatic locking mode to secure a child restraint.
If the seat belt does not operate as
described in this section, have the
system checked immediately by your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Child seat
installation
• Always follow the instructions
provided by the child restraint
system manufacturer. Child
restraint system manufacturers know their products best.
• Failure to observe this manual's instructions regarding
child restraint system and the
instructions provided with the
child restraint system could
result in the improper installation of the child restraint system which may reduce the
protection to your child in a
crash or a sudden stop. This
could increase the chance
and/or severity of injury in an
accident.
E2MS103005
Placing a passenger seat belt
into the automatic locking mode
The automatic locking mode will help
prevent the normal movement of the
child in the vehicle from causing the
seat belt to loosen and compromise
the child restraint system. To secure
a child restraint system, use the following procedure.
3 29
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036101
OEN036102
OEN036103
To install a child restraint system on
the outboard or center rear seats, do
the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
the seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the restraint,
following the restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Be sure the seat
belt webbing is not twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
Position the release button so that it
is easy to access in case of an emergency.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the
seat belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the
retractor to the “Automatic Locking”
(child restraint) mode.
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion of
the seat belt to retract and listen for
an audible “clicking” or “ratcheting”
sound. This indicates that the retractor is in the “Automatic Locking”
mode. If no distinct sound is heard,
repeat steps 3 and 4.
3 30
Safety features of your vehicle
OEN036104
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the “Automatic Locking” mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
“Automatic Locking” mode.
The lap/shoulder belt automatically
returns to the “emergency lock mode”
whenever the belt is allowed to retract
fully.
Therefore, the preceding seven
steps must be followed each time a
child restraint is installed.
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the “Automatic
Locking” mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING - Auto locking
mode
Set the retractor to Automatic
Locking mode when installing
any child restraint system. If the
retractor is not in the Automatic
Locking mode, the child restraint
can move when your vehicle
turns or stops suddenly, seriously injuring or killing the child.
3 31
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Tether strap
Never mount more than one
child restraint to a single tether
anchor or to a single lower
anchorage point. The increased
load caused by multiple seats
may cause the tethers or lower
anchorage points to break.
OHG031033A
OHG031034A
Securing a child restraint seat
with “Tether Anchor” system
Child restraint hook holders are located on the package tray.
1. Route the child restraint seat tether strap over the seatback.
For vehicles with adjustable headrests, route the tether strap under
the headrest and between the
headrest posts, otherwise route
the tether strap over the top of the
seatback.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the appropriate child restraint
hook holder and tighten to secure
the seat.
3 32
WARNING
- Child restraint check
Check that the child restraint
system is secure by pushing
and pulling it in different directions. Incorrectly fitted child
restraints may swing, twist, tip
or separate causing death or
serious injury.
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
- Child restraint anchorage
Child restraint anchorages are
designed to withstand only
those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints.
Under no circumstances are
they to be used for adult seat
belts or harnesses or for attaching other items or equipment to
the vehicle.
Lower Anchor
Position Indicator
Lower Anchor
OVI039060
OHG030035
Securing a child restraint seat
with child seat lower anchor system
Some child seat manufacturers
make child restraint seats that are
labeled as LATCH or LATCH-compatible child restraint seats. LATCH
stands for "Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children". These seats
include two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to two
LATCH anchors at specific seating
positions in your vehicle. This type of
child restraint seat eliminates the
need to use seat belts to attach the
child seat in the rear seats.
Child restraint symbols are located
on the left and right rear seat backs
to indicate the position of the lower
anchors for child restraints.
WARNING - Unused rear
seatbelts
Always fasten the seatbelts
behind the child restraint seat
when they are not used to
secure the child seat. Failure to
do so may result in child strangulation.
3 33
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
Do not place anything around
the lower anchors. Also make
sure that the seat belt is not
caught in the lower anchors.
LATCH anchors have been provided
in your vehicle. The LATCH anchors
are located in the left and right outboard rear seating positions. Their
locations are shown in the illustration.
There is no LATCH anchor provided
for the center rear seating position.
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions. When
you install your child's restraint system using the LATCH anchors, buckle the shoulder lap belt, then lock the
retractor and pull the belt to remove
the slack in the belt so it lies flat
against the vehicle seat.
3 34
Follow the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions to properly install child
restraint seats with LATCH or
LATCH-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the LATCH
child restraint, assure that the seat is
properly attached to the LATCH and
tether anchors.
Also, test the child restraint seat
before you place the child in it. Tilt
the seat from side to side. Also try to
tug the seat forward. Check to see if
the anchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING
If the child restraint is not
anchored properly, the risk of a
child being seriously injured or
killed in a collision greatly
increases.
WARNING
- LATCH lower anchors
Never attempt to attach a
LATCH equipped seat in the
center seating position. LATCH
lower anchors are only to be
used with the left and right rear
outboard seating positions. You
may damage the anchors or the
anchors may fail and break in a
collision.
Safety features of your vehicle
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Driver’s front air bag
Passenger’s front air bag
Side impact air bag
Curtain air bag
Driver’s knee air bag
WARNING - Seat belts
Even in vehicles with air bags,
you and your passengers must
always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the
risk and severity of injury in the
event of a collision or rollover.
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHG030036
3 35
Safety features of your vehicle
How does the air bag system
operate
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is changed to the
ON or START position.
• Air bags inflate instantly in the event
of a serious frontal or side collision
in order to help protect the occupants from serious physical injury.
• There is no single speed at which
the air bags will inflate.
Generally, air bags are designed to
inflate based upon the severity of a
collision and its direction. These
two factors determine whether the
sensors produce an electronic
deployment/ inflation signal.
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the
density and stiffness of the vehicles or objects which your vehicle
hits in the collision. The determining factors are not limited to those
mentioned above.
3 36
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant.
It is virtually impossible for you to
see the air bags inflate during an
accident.
It is much more likely that you will
simply see the deflated air bags
hanging out of their storage compartments after the collision.
• In order to help provide protection
in a severe collision, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of
air bag inflation is a consequence
of the extremely short time in
which a collision occurs and the
need to inflate the air bag between
the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts
those structures. This speed of
inflation reduces the risk of serious
or life-threatening injuries in a
severe collision and is thus a necessary part of air bag design.
However, air bag inflation can also
cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken bones because the inflation
speed also causes the air bags to
expand with a great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the
steering wheel air bag can cause
fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively close to the air bag.
WARNING - Air bag
inflation
Sit as far back as possible from
the steering wheel while still
maintaining comfortable control
of your vehicle. A distance of at
least 10" from your chest to the
steering wheel is recommended.
Failure to do so can result in
severe personal injuries or death
caused by a deploying air bag.
Safety features of your vehicle
Noise and smoke
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and they leave smoke
and powder in the air inside of the
vehicle. This is normal and is a result
of the ignition of the air bag inflator.
After the air bag inflates, you may
feel substantial discomfort in breathing due to the contact of your chest
with both the seat belt and the air
bag, as well as from breathing the
smoke and powder. Open your
doors and/or windows as soon as
possible after impact in order to
reduce discomfort and prevent
prolonged exposure to the smoke
and powder.
Though the smoke and powder are
non-toxic, they may cause irritation
to the skin (eyes, nose and throat,
etc). If this is the case, wash and
rinse with cold water immediately
and consult a doctor if the symptom
persists.
WARNING - Hot
components
Do not touch the air bag storage
area's internal components
immediately after airbag inflation. The air bag related parts in
the steering wheel, instrument
panel and the roof rails above
the front and rear doors are
very hot. Hot components can
result in burn injuries.
1JBH3051
Never install a child restraint in
the front passenger seat.
Never place a rear-facing child
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat. If the air bag deploys, it could
impact the rear-facing child restraint,
causing serious or fatal injury.
In addition, do not place front-facing
child restraints in the front passenger’s seat either. If the front passenger air bag inflates, it could cause
serious or fatal injuries to the child.
3 37
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
deployment
When children are seated in the
rear outboard seats of a vehicle
equipped with side and/or curtain air bags, install the child
restraint system as far away
from the door side as possible.
Inflation of the side and/or curtain air bags could cause serious injury or death to an infant
or child.
W7-147
Air bag warning indicator
Air bag warning light
The purpose of the air bag warning
light in your instrument panel is to
alert you of a potential problem with
your air bag - Supplemental
Restraint System (SRS).
When the ignition switch is turned
ON, the warning light should illuminate for approximately 6 seconds,
then go off.
3 38
OHG031064A
SRS components and functions
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side impact air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner assemblies
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors
10. Driver’s knee air bag module
Safety features of your vehicle
11. Passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF indicator (front passenger's seat only)
12. Occupant classification system
(front passenger’s seat only)
13. Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat belt buckle sensors
14. Anchor pretensioner assembly
The SRSCM continually monitors all
SRS components while the ignition
switch is ON to determine if a crash
impact is severe enough to require
air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
The SRS air bag warning light " "
on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, after which the SRS air bag
warning light " " should go out.
If any of the following conditions
occurs, this indicates a malfunction
of the SRS. Have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the air bag
system immediately.
• The light does not turn on briefly
when you turn the ignition ON.
• The light stays on after illuminating
for approximately 6 seconds.
• The light comes on while the vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks continuously when
the ignition switch is in ON position.
■ Driver’s front air bag (1)
OHM039102N
The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering
wheel, in the front passenger's panel
above the glove box and/or in the driver’s side knee bolster. When the
SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe
impact to the front of the vehicle, it
will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 39
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s front air bag (2)
■ Driver’s front air bag (3)
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OHM039103N
OHM039104N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers then allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver's or the passenger's
forward motion, reducing the risk of
head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer and operate
other controls.
3 40
B240B05L
WARNING
- Air bag obstructions
Do not install or place any
accessories on the steering
wheel, instrument panel, or on
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box in a vehicle
Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause
serious injury if the air bag
deploys.
Safety features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Before you replace a fuse or disconnect a battery terminal, change the
ignition switch to the OFF position.
Never remove or replace the air bag
related fuse(s) when the ignition
switch is in the ON position. Failure
to heed this warning will cause the
SRS air bag warning light to illuminate.
OHG031068A
Occupant classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
occupant classification system in the
front passenger's seat.
The occupant classification system
is designed to detect the presence of
a properly-seated front passenger
and determine if the passenger's
front air bag should be enabled (may
inflate) or not. The driver's front air
bag is not affected or controlled by
the occupant classification system.
Main components of occupant
classification system
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to determine
whether passenger air bag systems should be activated or deactivated.
• A warning light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words PASS AIR BAG “OFF”
indicating the front passenger air
bag system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag warning light is interconnected with the
occupant classification system.
3 41
Safety features of your vehicle
If the front passenger seat is occupied by a person that the system
determines to be of adult size, and
he/she sits properly (sitting upright
with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion
with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the
floor), the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will turn off and the front passenger's air bag will be able to inflate,
if necessary, in frontal crashes.
3 42
You will find the PASS AIR BAG “OFF”
indicator on the center facia panel.
This system detects conditions 1~4
in the following table and activates or
deactivates the front passenger air
bag based on these conditions.
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and
restrained properly (sitting upright
with the seat in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion, with
the person’s legs comfortably
extended, feet on the floor, and wearing the safety belt properly) for the
most effective protection by the air
bag and the seat belt.
• The OCS (Occupant Classification
System) may not function properly
if the passenger takes actions
which can affect the classification
system. These include:
(1) Failing to sit in an upright position.
(2) Leaning against the door or center console.
(3) Sitting towards the sides or the
front of the seat.
(4) Putting legs on the dashboard or
resting them on other locations
which reduce the passenger
weight on the front seat.
(5) Improperly wearing the seat belt.
(6) Reclining the seat back.
Safety features of your vehicle
Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Indicator/Warning light
Devices
"PASS AIR BAG OFF"
SRS warning light
indicator light
Front passenger
air bag
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Child*2 or child restraint
system*3
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. There is a malfunction in
the system
Off
On
Deactivated
WARNING - OCS system
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the occupant
classification system (OCS) and
may result in the deactivation of
front passenger airbag. It is
important for the driver to
instruct the passenger as to the
proper seating instructions as
contained in this manual.
(Continued)
*1) The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
*2) Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger
child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as an adult depending on
his/her physique or posture.
*3) Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
3 43
Safety features of your vehicle
(Continued)
OVQ036013N
1KMN3663
1KMN3665
- Never put a heavy load in the
front passenger seat or seatback pocket.
- Never sit with the hips shifted
towards the front of the seat.
- Never place the feet on the
dashboard.
OHG031073A
1KMN3662
1KMN3664
- Never sit on the front passenger
seat with anything attached
such as a blanket or cushion.
- Never excessively recline the
front passenger seatback.
- Never lean on the door or center console.
- Never sit on one side of the
front passenger seat.
3 44
Safety features of your vehicle
If the PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
is still on, ask the passenger to move
to the rear seat.
WARNING - AIR BAG
B990A01O
When an adult is seated in the front
passenger seat, if the PASS AIR
BAG “OFF” indicator is on, change
the ignition switch to the OFF position and ask the passenger to sit
properly (sitting upright with the seat
back in an upright position, centered
on the seat cushion with their seat
belt on, legs comfortably extended
and their feet on the floor). Restart
the engine and have the person
remain in that position. This will allow
the system to detect the person and
to enable the passenger air bag.
"OFF" light
Do not allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front seat when the
PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
is illuminated, because the air
bag will not deploy in the event
of a crash. The driver must
instruct the passenger to reposition himself in the seat. Failure
to properly position yourself
may lead to airbag deactivation
resulting in airbag non-deployment in a collision. If the PASS
AIR BAG “OFF” indicator
remains illuminated after the
passenger repositions themselves properly and the vehicle
is restarted, it is recommended
the passenger move to the rear
seat because the passenger's
front air bag will not deploy.
✽ NOTICE
The PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds
after the ignition switch is changed
to the ON position or after the
engine is started. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the occupant
classification sensor will then classify the front passenger after several
more seconds.
3 45
Safety features of your vehicle
Any child age 12 and under should
ride in the rear seat. Children too
large for child restraints should use
the available lap/shoulder belts. No
matter what type of crash, children of
all ages are safer when restrained in
the rear seat.
✽ NOTICE
Do not modify or replace the front
passenger seat. Do not place anything on or attach anything such as
a blanket, front seat covers or after
market seat heater to the front passenger seat. This can adversely
affect the occupant classification
system.
If the occupant classification system
is not working properly, the SRS air
bag warning light on the instrument
panel will illuminate because the
passenger's front air bag is connected with the occupant classification
system. If there is a malfunction of
the occupant detection system, the
PASS AIR BAG “OFF” indicator will
not illuminate and the passenger's
front air bag will inflate in frontal
impact crashes even if there is no
occupant in the front passenger's
seat.
■ Driver’s front air bag
OHG030037
■ Driver’s knee air bag
OHG030038
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OHG030039
Driver's and passenger's front air
bag
3 46
Safety features of your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
(Air Bag) System (SRS) and the
lap/shoulder belts at both the driver
and passenger seating positions.
The indications of the system's presence are the letters "AIR BAG"
embossed on the air bag pad cover
in the steering wheel and/or on the
cover of the driver's side knee bolster
located below the steering wheel and
the passenger's side front panel pad
above the glove box.
The SRS consists of air bags
installed under the pad covers in the
center of the steering wheel, in the
knee bolster below the steering
wheel column and the passenger's
side front panel above the glove box.
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and/or the front
passenger with additional protection
than that offered by the seat belt system alone in case of a frontal impact
of sufficient severity. The SRS uses
sensors to gather information about
the driver's and front passenger's
seat belt usage and impact severity.
The seat belt buckle sensors determine if the driver and front passenger's seat belts are fastened.
These sensors provide the ability to
control the SRS deployment based on
whether or not the seat belts are fastened, and how severe the impact is.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity and
seat belt usage, the SRSCM (SRS
Control Module) controls the air bag
inflation. Failure to properly wear
seat belts can increase the risk or
severity of injury in an accident.
Additionally, your vehicle is equipped
with an occupant classification system in the front passenger's seat.
The occupant classification system
detects the presence of a passenger
in the front passenger's seat and will
turn off the front passenger's air bag
under certain conditions. For more
detail, see "Occupant classification
system" in this section.
WARNING
• Do not place any objects
underneath the front seats as
they could interfere with the
occupant classification system.
• Do not place or charge an
electronic device such as a
laptop computer on the front
passenger seat. Its electronic
field may cause the OCS to
switch to the "on" condition
and thus allow the passenger
air bag to deploy needlessly
in a collision, increasing your
repair costs.
3 47
Safety features of your vehicle
Manufacturers are required by government regulations to provide a
contact point concerning modifications to the vehicle for persons with
disabilities, which modifications may
affect the vehicle’s advanced air bag
system. That contact is HYUNDAI
Customer Assistance center at 1800-633-5151. However, HYUNDAI
does not endorse nor will it support
any changes to any part or structure
of the vehicle that could affect the
advanced air bag system, including
the occupant classification system.
WARNING - Replacement/
Modifications
The front passenger seat, dashboard or door should not be
replaced except by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer using original HYUNDAI parts designed
for this vehicle and model. Any
other such replacement or modification could adversely affect
the operation of the occupant
classification system and your
advanced air bags.
3 48
Advanced air bags are combined with
pre-tensioner seat belts to help provide enhanced occupant protection in
frontal crashes. Front air bags are not
intended to deploy in collisions in
which sufficient protection can be provided by the pre-tensioner seat belt.
WARNING - SRS Wiring
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in injury,
due to accidental deployment of
the air bags or by rendering the
SRS inoperative.
✽ NOTICE
Air bags can only be used once have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the air bag immediately
after deployment.
Front air bags are not intended to
deploy in side-impact, rear-impact or
rollover crashes. In addition, front air
bags will not deploy in frontal crashes below the deployment threshold.
Safety features of your vehicle
■ Rear impact
■ Front
OBH038058N
■ Side impact
OHG030040
■ Rear
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
impact air bag in each front and outboard rear seat. The purpose of the
air bag is to provide occupants with
additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt alone.
The side impact air bags are
designed to deploy only during certain side-impact collisions, depending on the crash severity, angle,
speed and point of impact. The side
air bags are not designed to deploy
in all side impact situations.
WARNING - Unexpected
1JBA3514
OHG030041
OBH038062
OHG030042
■ Rollover
deployment
Avoid impact to the side impact
airbag sensor when the ignition
switch is ON to prevent unexpected deployment of the side
impact air bag.
Side impact air bag
3 49
Safety features of your vehicle
Side impact air bags are supplemental to the seat belt systems and are
not a substitute for them. Therefore
your seat belts must be worn at all
times while the vehicle is in operation.
For best protection from the side air
bag system and to avoid being
injured by the deploying side air bag,
all seat occupants should sit in an
upright position with the seat belt
properly fastened.
The driver's hands should be placed
on the steering wheel at the 9:00 and
3:00 positions. The passenger's
arms and hands should be placed on
their laps.
If seat or seat cover is damaged, have
the vehicle checked and repaired by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Flying
objects
Do not place any objects (an
umbrella, bag, etc.) between the
door and seat. Such objects
may become dangerous projectiles if the side airbag inflates,
which may result in serious
injuries to the occupants.
OHG030043
WARNING - Deployment
Do not install any accessories
including seat covers, on the
side or near the side impact air
bag as this may affect the
deployment of the side air bags.
3 50
OHG030044
Curtain air bag
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
Safety features of your vehicle
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy only during certain side
impact collisions, depending on the
crash severity, angle, speed and
impact. The curtain air bags are not
designed to deploy in all side impact
situations, collisions from the front or
rear of the vehicle or in most rollover
situations.
WARNING
Do not allow the passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and passengers when they are seated on
seats equipped with side
impact and/or curtain air bags.
Failure to follow this instruction
could result in injury or death to
vehicle occupants in a crash.
✽ NOTICE
Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag
system. This should only be done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3 51
Safety features of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision? (Inflation and non-inflation conditions of the air bag)
There are many types of accidents
in which the air bag would not be
expected to provide additional
protection.
These include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple
impact accidents, as well as low
speed impacts.
OHG031045A/OHG031046A/OHG030047/OHG031048A/OHG030049
Air bag collision sensors
(1) SRS control module
(2) Front impact sensor
3 52
(3) Side impact sensor (front)
(4) Side impact sensor (rear)
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Air bag
sensors
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where
air bags or sensors are
installed.
This may cause unexpected
air bag deployment, which
could result in serious personal injury or death.
• If the installation location or
angle of the sensors is altered
in any way, the air bags may
deploy when they should not
or they may not deploy when
they should, causing severe
injury or death.
Therefore, do not try to perform maintenance on or
around the air bag sensors.
Have the vehicle checked and
repaired by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Problems may arise if the sensor
installation angles are changed
due to the deformation of the front
bumper, body or B/C pillars or front
door where side collision sensors
are installed. Have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Installing aftermarket bumper
guards or replacing a bumper with
non-genuine parts may adversely
affect your vehicle’s collision and
air bag deployment performance.
OBH038053
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bags
Front air bags are designed to inflate
in a frontal collision depending on
the force, speed and angles of
impact of the front collision.
3 53
Safety features of your vehicle
1JBA3514
OHG030050
Side impact and curtain air bags
Side impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the force, speed and
angles of impact resulting from a
side impact collision.
3 54
Although the front air bags (driver’s
and front passenger’s air bags) are
designed to inflate in frontal collisions, they also may inflate in other
types of collisions if the front impact
sensors detect a sufficient frontal
force in another type of impact. Side
impact and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate in certain side
impact collisions. They may inflate in
other type of collisions where a side
force is detected by the sensors.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads or sidewalks, air bags may
deploy. Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
OBH038057
Air bag non-inflation conditions
• In certain low-speed collisions the
air bags may not deploy. The air
bags are designed not to deploy in
such cases because they may not
provide benefits beyond the protection of the seat belts in such collisions.
Safety features of your vehicle
OBH038058
1JBA3516
OBH038060
• Air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions. Because occupants are moved backward by the
force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
additional benefits.
• Front air bags may not inflate in
side impact collisions. Because
occupants move to the direction of
the collision, and frontal air bag
deployment would not provide
additional occupant protection.
However, side impact and curtain
air bags may inflate depending on
the force, vehicle speed and
angles of impact.
• In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in
a direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional benefit, and thus the system may
not deploy the air bags.
3 55
Safety features of your vehicle
OBH038061
OBH038062
1JBA3518
• Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle causing it to “ride” under a vehicle with a higher ground clearance.
Air bags may not inflate in this
"under-ride" situation because
deceleration forces that are detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “under-ride” collisions.
• Airbags may not inflate in most
rollover accidents, even though the
vehicle is equipped with side impact
air bags and curtain air bags.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision.
• Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as
utility poles or trees, where the
point of impact is concentrated to
one area and the force of the
impact is not transmitted to the
sensors.
3 56
Safety features of your vehicle
SRS Care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and so there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light ( ) does not illuminate when you turn the ignition ON,
or if it continuously remains on, have
your vehicle immediately inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
For cleaning the air bag pad covers,
use only a soft, dry cloth or one which
has been moistened with plain water.
Solvents or cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and proper
deployment of the system.
WARNING
• Modification to SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure, can
adversely affect SRS performance and lead to possible injury.
• No objects should be placed
over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, and the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box, because any
such object could cause harm
if the vehicle is in a crash
severe enough to cause the
air bags to inflate.
✽ NOTICE
• If the air bags inflate, they must
be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If your vehicle was flooded and has
soaked carpeting or water on the
flooring, you should not try to start
the engine; have the vehicle towed
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Tampering
with SRS
Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring, or other components of the SRS system.
Doing so could result in the
accidental inflation of the air
bags or render the SRS inoperative and lead to possible serious injury.
If components of the air bag system
must be discarded, or if the vehicle
must be scrapped, certain safety
precautions must be observed. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer knows
these precautions and can give you
the necessary information. Failure to
follow these precautions and procedures could increase the risk of personal injury.
3 57
Safety features of your vehicle
Additional safety precautions
• All occupants should sit upright,
fully back in their seats with their
seat belts on and their feet on the
floor.
• Passengers should not move
out of or change seats while the
vehicle is moving. A passenger
who is not wearing a seat belt during a crash or emergency stop can
be thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against other occupants,
or out of the vehicle.
• Each seat belt is designed to
restrain one occupant. If more
than one person uses the same
seat belt, they could be seriously
injured or killed in a collision.
• Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the
protection provided by the seat belt
and increase the chance of serious
injury in a crash.
3 58
• Passengers should not place
hard or sharp objects between
themselves and the air bags.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on
your lap or in your mouth can result
in injuries if an air bag inflates.
• Keep occupants away from the
air bag covers. All occupants
should sit upright, fully back in their
seats with their seat belts on and
their feet on the floor. If occupants
are too close to the air bag covers,
they could be injured if the air bags
inflate.
• Do not attach or place objects
on or near the air bag covers.
Any object attached to or placed
on the front or side air bag covers
could interfere with the proper
operation of the air bags.
• Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats
could interfere with the operation of
the supplemental restraint system
sensing components or side air
bags.
• Do not place items under the
front seats. Placing items under
the front seats could interfere with
the operation of the supplemental
restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
• Never hold an infant or child on
your lap. The infant or child could
be seriously injured or killed in the
event of a crash. All infants and
children should be properly
restrained in appropriate child
safety seats or seat belts in the
rear seat.
Safety features of your vehicle
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag-equipped
vehicle
■ Front
■ Side (front)
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
OHG030052
OHG031051A
Air bag warning label
■ Side (rear)
Air bag warning labels, some
required by the U.S. National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA), are attached to alert the
driver and passengers of potential
risks of the air bag system.
OHG030053
3 59
Features of your vehicle
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Smart key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
• Smart key functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
• Remote keyless entry system operations . . . . . . . . . 4-8
• Smart key precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Theft-alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
Door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Outside the vehicle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• Door lock/unlock features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
Fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Panorama sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
Driver position memory system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Electronic power steering (EPS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Tilt steering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-46
• Reverse parking aid function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-49
• Instrument panel illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• Gauges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-50
• LCD display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
- Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-52
- User settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-56
- Maintenance system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
- Warnings and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Instrument cluster warning and indicators . . . . . . 4-67
Rear parking assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-77
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
4
Lighting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Battery saver function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Headlight (Headlamp) escort function . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
• Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Daytime running light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
Wipers and washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
Interior light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Automatic turn off function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Map lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Trunk room lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-91
• Door courtesy lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
• Vanity mirror lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-92
Defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-93
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-94
Windshield defrosting and defogging . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Center console storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-108
• Sunglass holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-109
Interior features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-110
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-111
• Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-112
• Clothes hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
• Floor mat anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-113
• Rear curtain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-114
• Side curtain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-115
Multimedia system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Glass antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Steering wheel audio control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-116
• Audio system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Navigation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-118
• Aux, USB and iPod® port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-119
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Record your key number
The key code number
is printed on the bar
code tag attached to
the key set. Should
you lose your keys, this number will
enable an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to duplicate the keys easily.
Remove the bar code tag and store it
in a safe place. Also, record the code
number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
WARNING - Smart key
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the smart key is dangerous. Children copy adults and
they could press the ENGINE
START/STOP button. It would
enable children to operate power
windows or other controls, or
even make the vehicle move,
which could result in serious
bodily injury or even death. Never
leave the keys in your vehicle
with unsupervised children.
Key operations
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors.
• Used to lock and unlock the glove
box.
WARNING - Aftermarket
keys
Use only HYUNDAI original
parts for the ignition key in your
vehicle. If an aftermarket key is
used, the ignition switch may
not return to ON after START. If
this happens, the starter will
continue to operate causing
possible fire due to excessive
current in the wiring.
OTG040002
To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button(1) and
remove the mechanical key(2).
To reinstall the mechanical key, put
the key into the hole and push it until
a click sound is heard.
4 3
Features of your vehicle
When leaving your keys with a parking lot attendant or valet, perform
above steps 1 to 4, remove the
mechanical key from the smart key
and leave the smart key with the
attendant. In this manner the smart
key can only be used to start the
engine and operate door locks.
OHG040005
Restrictions in handling keys
To activate the trunk lock system so
that the trunk can only be opened
with the mechanical key, perform the
following:
1. Press and hold the release button
and remove the mechanical key.
2. Unlock the glove box by using the
mechanical key then open it.
3. Set the trunk lid control button to
the OFF position (unpressed).
4. Close and lock the glove box using
the mechanical key.
4 4
Lock release
To release the trunk lock feature,
open the glove box with the mechanical key and set the trunk lid control
button to the ON position (pressed).
In this position the trunk will open
with the trunk lid button or smart key.
Immobilizer system
Your vehicle is equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system
to reduce the risk of unauthorized
vehicle use.
Whenever the ENGINE START/STOP
button is changed to the ON position,
the immobilizer system checks and
verifies if the key is valid or not.
If the key is valid, the engine will start.
If the key is invalid, the engine will
not start.
Features of your vehicle
To deactivate the immobilizer
system
Change the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system
Change the ENGINE START/STOP
button to the OFF position. The immobilizer system activates automatically.
Without a valid smart key for your
vehicle, the engine will not start.
✽ NOTICE
Your immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave this
number anywhere in your vehicle.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories
near the smart key.
The engine may not start because
the metal accessories may interrupt the transponder signal from
transmitting normally.
If you need additional keys or lose
your keys, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
damage
Do not expose your immobilizer
system to moisture, static electricity and rough handling. This
may damage your immobilizer.
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
Keep each key separate in order
to avoid a starting malfunction.
CAUTION - Immobilizer
alterations
Do not change, alter or adjust
the immobilizer system because
it could cause the immobilizer
system to malfunction.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY
You can activate or deactivate the
Lock Sound (chime sound) function in
the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings" in
this section.
✽ NOTICE
OTG040001A
Smart key functions
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Trunk open
4. Alarm
With a smart key, you can lock or
unlock a door (and trunk) and even
start the engine without inserting the
key. Refer to the following, for more
details.
4 6
OHG041011A
Using the door and trunk handle
switch
Locking
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
3. Press the switch of the outside
door handle.
4. All doors and trunk will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked
by checking the door lock button
inside the vehicle or pulling the
outside door handle.
• The switch will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1 m) from the outside door
handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle switch, the doors will
not lock and the chime will sound
for 3 seconds if any of following
occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The ENGINE START/STOP
button is in ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the trunk is
open.
Features of your vehicle
Unlocking
1.Press the switch of the driver's outside door handle.
2.The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound twice.
3.Press the button once more within
4 seconds.
4.All doors and trunk will unlock and
the hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound twice.
You can activate or deactivate the
Two Turn Unlock and Unlock Sound
(chime sound) function in the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings" in this
section.
✽ NOTICE
• The switch will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1 m) from the outside door
handle.
• When the smart key is recognized
in the area of 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.)
from the front outside door handle,
other people can also open the door
without possession of the smart key.
• After unlocking all doors, the
doors will lock automatically
unless a door is opened.
Trunk open
1.Carry the smart key.
2.Press the trunk handle switch.
3.The trunk will open.
✽ NOTICE
• Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will lock automatically when all doors are locked.
• The switch will only operate when
the smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.)
from the trunk handle.
Start-up
You can start the engine without
inserting the key. For detailed information refer to “ENGINE START/STOP
button” in section 5.
4 7
Features of your vehicle
If any door, trunk or engine hood
remains open, the hazard warning
lights will not operate. If all doors,
trunk and engine hood are closed
after the lock button is pressed, the
hazard warning lights will blink once.
You can activate or deactivate the
Lock Sound (chime sound) function in
the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings" in
this section.
OTG040001A
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Lock (1)
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors, engine hood and
trunk.
3. Press the lock button(1).
4. All doors and trunk will lock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once.
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
checking the door lock button inside
or pulling the outside door handle.
4 8
Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button(2).
2. The driver’s door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound twice.
3. Press the unlock button(2) once
more within 4 seconds.
4. All doors and trunk will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound twice.
You can activate or deactivate the Two
Turn Unlock and Unlock Sound (chime
sound) function in the vehicle. Refer to
"User Settings" in this section.
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when
the smart key is within 28~40 in.
(0.7~1 m) from the outside door
handle.
• After unlocking the driver’s door
or all doors, the door(s) will lock
automatically unless a door is
opened.
Trunk open (3)
1.Press the trunk open button(3) for
more than 1 second.
2.The trunk will open. The hazard
warning light will blink twice to indicate the trunk is opened.
✽ NOTICE
• Once the trunk is opened and
closed, the trunk will lock automatically when all doors are locked.
• The switch/button will only operate when the smart key is within
28~40 in. (0.7~1m) from the trunk
handle.
Features of your vehicle
Alarm (4)
1. Press the alarm button(4) for more
than 0.5 second.
2. The horn sounds and hazard
warning light flashes for about 30
seconds.
To stop the horn and lights, press
any button on the smart key.
Smart key precautions
• If you lose your smart key, you will
not be able to start the engine. Tow
the vehicle, if necessary, and contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, you should immediately take the vehicle and the
second key to your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer to protect it from
potential theft.
• The smart key will not work if any
of following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or an airport which can interfere with normal operation of the
smart key.
- The smart key is near a mobile
two-way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
correctly, open and close the door
with the mechanical key. If you have
a problem with the smart key, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone,
the signal from the smart key could
be blocked by normal operation of
your cell phone or smart phone.
This is especially important when
the phone is active such as making
call, receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
Avoid placing the smart key and your
cell phone or smart phone in the
same pants or jacket pocket and
maintain adequate distance between
the two devices.
CAUTION - Smart key
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid as it can
become damaged and not function properly. If the smart key is
inoperative due to exposure to
water or liquids, it will not be
covered by your manufacturer's
vehicle warranty.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment. If the
keyless entry system is inoperative due to changes or modifications not expressly approved by
the party responsible for compliance, it will not be covered by
your manufacturer’s vehicle
warranty.
4 10
Battery replacement
A smart key battery should last for
several years, but if the smart key is
not working properly, try replacing
the battery with a new one. If you are
unsure how to use your smart key or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OHG041215A
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
Features of your vehicle
Front Cover
Battery
Rear Cover
OHG040009
2. Replace the battery with a new
battery (CR2032). When replacing
the battery, make sure the battery
position.
3. Install the battery in the reverse
order of removal.
• The smart key is designed to give
you years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed
to moisture or static electricity. If
you are unsure how to use or
replace the battery, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can cause
the smart key to malfunction. Be
sure to use the correct battery.
• If you suspect that your smart key
might have sustained some damage, or you feel your smart key is
not working correctly, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• An inappropriately disposed battery can be harmful to the environment and human health. Dispose
the battery according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
CAUTION - Smart key
damage
Do not drop, get wet or expose
the smart key to heat or sunlight, or it will be damaged.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
This system is designed to provide
protection from unauthorized entry
into the car. This system is operated
in three stages: the first is the
"Armed" stage, the second is the
"Theft-alarm" stage, and the third is
the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible
alarm with blinking of the hazard
warning lights.
4 12
Park the vehicle and stop the engine.
Arm the system as described below.
1.Turn off the engine.
2.Make sure that all doors, the
engine hood and trunk lid are
closed and latched.
3.• Lock the doors by pressing the
switch of the front outside door
handle with the smart key in your
possession.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
operate once to indicate that the
system is armed.
If any door remains opened, the
doors will not lock and the chime
will sound for 3 seconds. Close the
door and try again to lock the
doors.
If trunk lid or engine hood remains
opened, the hazard warning lights
will not operate and theft-alarm
will not arm. After the trunk lid and
engine hood are closed, the hazard warning lights will blink once.
• Lock the doors by pressing the
lock button on the smart key or
with the mechanical key.
After completion of the steps
above, the hazard warning lights
will operate once to indicate that
the system is armed.
If any door, trunk lid or engine
hood remains opened, the hazard
warning lights will not operate
and theft-alarm will not arm. After
the doors, trunk lid and engine
hood are closed, the hazard
warning lights will blink once.
Features of your vehicle
Do not arm the system until all
passengers have left the vehicle. If
the system is armed while a passenger(s) remains in the vehicle,
the alarm may be activated when
the remaining passenger(s) leave
the vehicle. If any door, trunk lid or
engine hood is opened within 30
seconds after entering the armed
stage, the system is disarmed to
prevent unnecessary alarm.
Theft-alarm stage
The alarm will be activated if any of
the following occurs while the system
is armed.
• A door is opened without using the
smart key.
• A door is opened without using the
mechanical key.
• The trunk is opened without using
the smart key.
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously
for approximately 30 seconds. To
turn off the system, unlock the doors
with the smart key.
Opening the trunk with the
alarm armed (if equipped)
When the alarm is armed, the alarm
will not sound if the trunk lid is
opened with the smart key.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk will be locked automatically and the system will be
armed again.
Also, if any of the doors or hood is
opened while the trunk lid is opened
and the alarm armed, the alarm will
sound.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
Disarmed stage
The system will be disarmed when:
- The door unlock button is pressed
on the smart key.
- The switch of the front outside door
is pressed while carrying the smart
key.
- The door is opened with the
mechanical key.
- The engine is started. (within 3
seconds).
After the doors are unlocked, the hazard warning lights will blink twice to
indicate that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if
any door (or trunk) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
4 14
• Avoid trying to start the engine
while the alarm is activated. The
vehicle starter motor is disabled
during the theft-alarm stage.
• If you lose your keys, consult your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
- Theft-alarm system alteration
Do not change, alter or adjust
the theft-alarm system because
it could cause the theft-alarm
system to malfunction and
should only be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper alterations, adjustments or
modifications to the theft-alarm
system are not covered by your
vehicle manufacturer warranty.
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
✽ NOTICE
U n l o ck
L o ck
OHG041011A
Operating door locks from
outside the vehicle
With the smart key
• Doors can be locked and unlocked
pressing the switch of the outside
door handle with the smart key in
your possession.
• Doors can be locked and unlocked
by pressing the button on the
smart key.
• Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
OHG041012A
• In cold and wet climates, door
locks and door mechanisms may
not work properly due to freezing
conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked
multiple times in rapid succession
with either the vehicle key or door
lock switch, the system may stop
operating temporarily in order to
protect the circuit and prevent
damage to system components.
With the mechanical key
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to unlock and toward the
front of the vehicle to lock.
• If you lock the driver’s door with a
key, all doors will lock.
• From the driver’s door, turn the key
to the right once to unlock the driver’s door and once more within 4
seconds to unlock all doors.
• Once the door is unlocked, it may be
opened by pulling the door handle.
• When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
• If the inner door handle of the driver’s or front passenger’s door is
pulled when the door lock button is
in the lock position, the door unlocks
and opens.
• A door cannot be locked if the
smart key is in the vehicle and a
door is opened.
Lock
Unlock
OHG040013
Operating door locks from
inside the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button(1) to the “Unlock” position. The red mark(2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button(1) to the “Lock” position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark(2) on the door lock button will
not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.
4 16
If a power door lock fails to function
while you are in the vehicle, try one
or more of the following:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and manual) while simultaneously pulling on
the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
Features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s door
OHG041014A
■ Front passenger’s door
• When you press the front portion(1)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
lock.
• When you press the rear portion(2)
of the switch, all vehicle doors will
unlock.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and
a door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the front portion(1)
of central door lock switch is pressed.
✽ NOTICE
Once the doors are locked with the
smart key, the doors cannot be
unlocked with the central door
lock/unlock switch.
OHG040015
With central door lock switch
WARNING - Doors
The doors should always be
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the
door. Opening a door when the
vehicle is moving could cause
serious harm to occupants or
someone outside the vehicle.
WARNING
- Unattended children/
animals
Never leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle.
Operate by pressing the central door
lock switch.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
Door lock/unlock features
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be
unlocked, the rear door will not open
by pulling the inner door handle until
the rear door child safety lock is
unlocked.
Impact sensing door unlock system
All doors will automatically unlock
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Shift lever door lock/unlock system
• All doors will automatically lock
when the shift lever is moved out of
P (Park).
• All doors will automatically unlock
when the shift lever is moved into P
(Park).
You can activate or deactivate the
Auto Door Lock/Unlock features in
the vehicle. Refer to "User Settings"
in this section.
4 18
WARNING - Rear door
OHG042017
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from
inside the vehicle. The rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
the hole (1) and turn it to the lock
(
) position. When the child
safety lock is in the lock position,
the rear door will not open even
though the inner door handle is
pulled.
locks
Use the rear door safety locks
whenever children are in the
vehicle. If a child accidently
opens the rear doors while the
vehicle is motion, they can fall
out resulting in severe injury or
death.
Features of your vehicle
TRUNK
CAUTION - Trunk lift
cylinders
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the trunk lift cylinders and
attached hardware if the trunk is
not closed prior to driving.
OHG042016
Opening the trunk
• Press the trunk unlock button for
more than 1 second on the smart
key.
• Press the switch on the trunk handle with the smart key in your possession (2).
• Insert the mechanical key of the
smart key into the lock and turn it
clockwise (1).
OHG041018A
To open the trunk from inside the
vehicle, pull out the trunk lid release
lever.
The trunk swings upward. Make sure
no objects or people are near the
rear of the vehicle when opening the
trunk.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, trunk lock
and trunk mechanisms may not
work properly due to freezing conditions.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
Closing the trunk
✽ NOTICE
To close, lower the trunk lid, then press
down on it until it locks. To be sure the
trunk lid is securely fastened, always
check by trying to pull it up again.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk locks automatically.
If the trunk is closed with the smart
key in it, the chime will sound for
approximately 3 seconds and will
not lock.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
The trunk lid should be always
kept completely closed while
the vehicle is in motion. If it is
left open or ajar, poisonous
exhaust gases may enter the
vehicle and serious illness or
death may result.
4 20
OHG040019
Emergency trunk safety
release
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency trunk release cable located inside the trunk. If someone is
inadvertently locked in the trunk,
moving the handle in the direction of
the arrow will release the trunk latch
mechanism and open the trunk.
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
(1) Driver’s door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
up/down
(7) Power window lock switch
OHG041020A
4 21
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for power windows to operate.
Each door has a power window
switch that controls the door's window. The driver’s door has a master
power window switch that controls all
the windows in the vehicle. Also, the
driver has a power window lock
switch which can block the operation
of passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated
for approximately 30 seconds after
the ignition key is in the ACC or OFF
position. However, if the front doors
are opened, the power windows cannot be operated within the 30 second
period.
While driving with the rear windows
down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) in an open (or partially
open position), your vehicle may
demonstrate a wind buffeting or
pulsation noise. This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced
or eliminated by taking the following actions. If the noise occurs with
one or both of the rear windows
down, partially lower both front
windows approximately one inch.
If you experience the noise with the
sunroof open, slightly reduce the
size of the sunroof opening.
4 22
OHG040021
Window opening and closing
To open or close a window, press
down or pull up the front portion of
the corresponding switch to the first
detent position(5).
Features of your vehicle
And if the power window switch is
pulled up continuously again within 5
seconds after the window is lowered
by the automatic window reversal
feature, the automatic window reversal will not operate.
✽ NOTICE
OHG040022
OUN026013
Auto up/down window
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position(6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press and release the switch to the
opposite direction of the movement.
Automatic reversal
If the upward movement of the window is blocked by an object or part of
the body, the window will detect the
resistance and will stop upward
movement. The window will then
lower approximately 11.8 in. (30 cm)
to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 in. (2.5 cm).
The automatic reverse feature for the
window is only active when the “auto
up” feature is used by fully pulling
up the switch. The automatic reverse
feature will not operate if the window
is raised using the halfway position
on the power window switch.
WARNING - Obstructions
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
If an object less than 0.16 in.
(4mm) in diameter is caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel, the
automatic reverse window may
not detect the resistance and will
not stop and reverse direction.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
- Opening/Closing window
To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
OHG041023A
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock button located on the driver’s door to the LOCK position
(pressed).
4 24
WARNING - Power
windows
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver’s door power window
lock button in the LOCK position (pressed). Serious injury
can result from unintentional
window operation by the child.
Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the way
before closing a window.
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the
following:
• All filler caps in engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Lower the hood halfway and push
it down to securely lock in place.
OHG040024
OHG041025A
Opening the hood
Open the hood after turning off the
engine on a flat surface, move the
shift lever to the P(Park) position
and set the parking brake.
1. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
2. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, pull up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2).
3. Raise the hood. It will raise completely by itself after it has been
raised about halfway.
WARNING - Fire risk
Do not leave gloves, rags or any
other combustible material in the
engine compartment. Doing so
may cause a heat-induced fire.
WARNING
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away. If
the engine hood is not
secured properly, it is likely to
fly up blocking your vision
and causing a crash.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood raised. The view will
be blocked and the hood
could fall or be damaged.
4 25
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise
until it “clicks”. This indicates that
the cap is securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it
lightly and make sure that it is
securely closed.
OHG041026A
OHG040027
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened
from inside the vehicle by pushing
the fuel filler lid opener button.
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, push the
fuel filler lid opener button.
3. Pull the fuel filler lid (1) out to fully
open.
4. To remove the cap, turn the fuel
tank cap (2) counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
If the fuel filler lid will not open
because ice has formed around it,
tap lightly or push on the lid to break
the ice and release the lid. Do not pry
on the lid. If necessary, spray around
the lid with an approved de-icer fluid
(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or
move the vehicle to a warm place
and allow the ice to melt.
4 26
WARNING - Refueling
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of
fire and burns.
✽ NOTICE
Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open indicator
light will illuminate.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent
fuel spillage in the event of an
accident. Spilled fuel in the
presence of an ignition source
could result in a fire.
WARNING
- Fire/explosion risk
Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station facility. Failure to follow all warnings
will result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death
due to fire or explosion.
WARNING - Static
electricity
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially dangerous static electricity
discharge by touching another
metal part of the vehicle, a safe
distance away from the fuel
filler neck, nozzle, or other gas
source. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors
resulting in rapid burning.
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling
since you can generate static
electricity by touching, rubbing
or sliding against any item or
fabric (polyester, satin, nylon,
etc.) capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity discharge can ignite fuel vapors
resulting in rapid burning. If you
must re-enter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline source.
WARNING
When using an approved
portable fuel container, be sure
to place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the
vehicle should be maintained
until the filling is complete. Use
only approved portable plastic
fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
WARNING - Cell phone
fires
Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Exterior paint
Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any
type of fuel spilled on painted
surfaces may damage the paint.
WARNING - Refueling &
Vehicle fires
When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. Once
refueling is complete, check to
make sure the filler cap and
filler door are securely closed,
before starting the engine.
4 28
WARNING - Smoking
DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a
lit cigarette in your vehicle while
at a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the “Fuel requirements”
suggested in section 1.
If the fuel filler cap requires replacement, use only a genuine HYUNDAI
cap or the equivalent specified for
your vehicle. An incorrect fuel filler
cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission
control system.
OHG040028
Emergency fuel filler lid release
If the fuel filler lid does not open
using the remote fuel filler lid
release, you can open it manually by
pulling the handle outward slightly.
CAUTION
Do not pull the handle excessively, otherwise the luggage
area trim or release handle may
be damaged.
Features of your vehicle
PANORAMA SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
• In cold and wet climates, the sunroof may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• After the vehice is washed or in a
rainstorm, be sure to wipe off any
water that is on the sunroof before
operating it.
CAUTION
OHG041029L
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof control lever
located on the overhead console.
The sunroof can only be opened,
closed, or tilted when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
- Sunroof control lever
Do not continue to move the
sunroof control lever after the
sunroof is fully opened, closed,
or tilted. Damage to the motor or
system components could
occur.
OHG041030L
Sunshade
• To open the sunshade, press the
sunshade control switch(1).
• To close the sunshade when the
sunroof glass is closed.
- Press the sunshade control
switch(2).
- Push the sunroof control lever
forward or pull it down.
To stop the sliding at any point, press
the sunshade control switch momentarily.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
When the sunshade is opened
If you pull the sunroof control lever
rearward, the sunroof glass will slide
all the way open. To stop the sunroof
movement at any point, pull or push
the sunroof control lever momentarily.
✽ NOTICE
Only the front glass of the panorama sunroof opens and closes.
OHG042196A
OHG040032
Sliding the sunroof
Tilting the sunroof
When the sunshade is closed
If you pull the sunroof control lever
rearward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will slide all the way open. To stop the
sunroof movement at any point, pull
or push the sunroof control lever
momentarily.
When the sunshade is closed
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunshade will slide all
the way open then the sunroof glass
will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
When the sunshade is opened
If you push the sunroof control lever
upward, the sunroof glass will tilt.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
4 30
Features of your vehicle
Do not extend the face, neck, arms or
body outside the sunroof while driving.
Periodically remove any dirt that may
accumulate on the guide rail.
CAUTION - Sunroof motor
OHG042197A
Closing the sunroof
To close the sunroof glass with
the sunshade
Push the sunroof control lever forward. The sunroof glass will close
then the sunshade will close automatically.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, pull or push the sunroof control
lever momentarily.
OYF049215
Automatic reversal
If an object or part of the body is
detected while the sunroof glass or
sunshade is closing automatically, it
will reverse the direction, and then
stop.
The auto reverse function does not
work if a tiny obstacle is between the
sliding glass or sunshade and the
sunroof sash. You should always
check that all passengers and objects
are away from the sunroof before
closing it.
damage
• If you try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is
below freezing or when the
sunroof is covered with snow
or ice, the glass or the motor
could be damaged.
• If the sunshade or sunroof is
completely closed or opened,
stop pressing the control
switch. Pressing the control
switch longer than necessary
may damage the motor.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
4.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until
the sunroof operates as follows;
CAUTION
If you drive with the sunroof
opened right after a car wash or
rain, water may get inside the
vehicle.
SUNSHADE OPEN → TILT OPEN
→ SLIDE OPEN → SLIDE CLOSE
→ SUNSHADE CLOSE
WARNING
A panorama sunroof is made of
glass, therefore it may break in an
accident. If you do not have your
seat belt on, you may stick out of
the broken glass and get injured
or killed. For all passengers safety, have an appropriate protection
on (ex. seat belt, CRS, etc.).
4 32
Then, release the control lever.
OHGC042189
Resetting the sunroof
Whenever the vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or related
fuse is blown, you must reset your
sunroof system as follows:
1.Turn the engine on and close the
sunroof glass and sunshade completely.
2.Release the control lever.
3.Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close
(about 10 seconds) until the sunroof is moved a little. Then, release
the lever.
When this is complete, the sunroof
system is reset.
For more detailed information, contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
✽ NOTICE
If you do not reset the sunroof, it
may not work properly.
Features of your vehicle
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
OHG040033
A driver position memory system is
provided to store and recall the driver’s seat, outside rearview mirror
and steering wheel position or the
instrument panel illumination intensity with a simple button operation. By
saving the desired positions into the
system memory, different drivers can
reposition the positions based upon
their preference. If the battery is disconnected, the position memory will
be erased.
• Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of
control, and an accident causing death, serious injury, or
property damage.
• Do not adjust the seat while
wearing seat belts. Moving the
seat cushion forward may
cause strong pressure on the
abdomen.
Storing positions into memory
using the buttons on the door
Storing driver’s seat positions
1. Shift the shift lever into P (Park)
while the ignition switch is ON.
2. Adjust the driver’s seat, outside
rearview mirror, steering wheel
position and instrument panel illumination intensity comfortable to
the driver.
3. Press the SET button on the control panel. The system will beep
once.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 5 seconds after
pressing the SET button. The system will beep twice when memory
has been successfully stored.
5. "Driver 1(or 2) set is memorized"
will appear on the instrument cluster LCD display.
4 33
Features of your vehicle
Recalling positions from memory
1. Shift the shift lever into P (Park)
while the ignition switch is ON.
2. To recall the position in memory,
press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, then the driver’s seat, outside rearview mirror, steering
wheel and the instrument panel
illumination will automatically
adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1 (or 2) set is changed" will
appear on the instrument cluster
LCD display.
Adjusting the control switch for the
driver’s seat, outside rearview mirror,
steering wheel and the instrument
panel illumination while the system is
recalling the stored position will
cause the movement to stop and
move in the direction that the control
switch is moved.
4 34
Easy access function
(if equipped)
With the shift lever in the P (Park)
position, the system will move the
driver's seat and steering wheel
automatically so you can comfortably
enter and exit the vehicle.
- The steering wheel will move away
from the driver and the seat will
move rearward, when the ENGINE
START/ STOP button is in the OFF
position and the driver's door is
opened.
- The steering wheel will move
toward the driver and the seat will
move forward, when the ENGINE
START/ STOP button is in the
ACC position.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to “User Settings" in
this section.
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electronic power steering (EPS)
✽ NOTICE
The power steering uses a motor to
assist you in steering the vehicle. If
the engine is off or if the power steering system becomes inoperative, the
vehicle may still be steered, but it will
require increased steering effort.
The motor driven power steering is
controlled by a power steering control unit which senses the steering
wheel torque and vehicle speed to
command the motor.
The steering becomes heavier as
the vehicle’s speed increases and
becomes lighter as the vehicle’s
speed decreases for optimum steering control.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the power
steering checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort is high immediately after the engine starts. This
happens as the system performs
the EPS system diagnostics. When
the diagnostics is completed, the
steering wheel will return to its
normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from
the EPS relay after the ignition
switch is changed to the ON or
OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when
the vehicle is at a stop or at a low
driving speed.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously when the vehicle is not in
motion. However, after a few minutes, it will return to its normal
conditions.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperature, abnormal noise could occur. If temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When the vehicle is stationary, if
you turn the steering wheel all the
way to the left or right continuously, the steering wheel effort
increases. This is not a system malfunction. As time passes, the steering wheel effort will return to its
normal condition.
If the Electronic Power Steering
System does not operate normally,
the warning light will illuminate on
the instrument cluster. The steering
wheel may become difficult to
control or operate abnormally. Take
your vehicle to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer and have the
vehicle checked as soon as possible.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
Tilt steering
Tilt steering allows you to adjust the
steering wheel before you drive. You
can also raise it to give your legs
more room when you exit and enter
the vehicle.
The steering wheel should be positioned so that it is comfortable for
you to drive, while permitting you to
see the instrument panel warning
lights and gauges.
WARNING
- Steering wheel adjustment
Never adjust the angle and
height of the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose
steering control and cause serious personal injury, death, or
accidents.
4 36
OHG040189L
OHG040035
Manual type
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and height (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
Electric type
To change the steering wheel angle
and height:
• Move the switch (1) up and down
to adjust the angle (2).
• Move the switch forward or rearward to adjust the height (3).
Features of your vehicle
OHG040038
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
Check the horn regularly to be sure it
operates properly.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Adjust the rearview mirror so that the
center view through the rear window
is seen. Make this adjustment before
you start driving.
Do not place objects in the rear seat or
cargo area which would interfere with
your vision through the rear window.
4 38
Electric chromic mirror (ECM)
with HomeLink® system and
compass
Your vehicle may be equipped with a
Gentex Automatic-Dimming Mirror
with a Z-Nav™ Electronic Compass
Display and an Integrated HomeLink®
Wireless Control System. During
nighttime driving, this feature will
automatically detect and reduce
rearview mirror glare while the compass indicates the direction the vehicle is pointed. The HomeLink®
Universal Transceiver allows you to
activate your garage door(s), electric
gate, home lighting, etc.
OYF042250N
(1) Telematics button
(2) Telematics button
(3) Telematics button
(4) Compass control button &
Dimming ON/OFF button
(5) Status indicator LED
(6) Channel 1 button
(7) Channel 2 button
(8) Channel 3 button
(9) Compass display
(10) Rear light sensor
Features of your vehicle
Automatic-Dimming Night Vision
Safety™ (NVS®) Mirror
The NVS® Mirror in your vehicle is
the most advanced way to reduce
annoying glare in the rearview mirror
during any driving situation. For more
information regarding NVS® mirrors
and other applications, please refer
to the Gentex website:
www.gentex.com
✽ NOTICE
The NVS® Mirror automatically
reduces glare during driving conditions based upon light levels monitored in front of the vehicle and
from the rear of the vehicle. These
light sensors are visible through
openings in the front and rear of the
mirror case. Any object that
obstructs either light sensor will
degrade the automatic dimming
control feature.
Automatic-dimming function
Your mirror will automatically dim
upon detecting glare from the vehicles traveling behind you. The autodimming function can be controlled
by the Dimming ON/OFF button:
Z-Nav™ Compass Display
The NVS™ Mirror in your vehicle is
also equipped with a Z-Nav™
Compass that shows the vehicle
Compass heading in the Display
Window using the 8 basic cardinal
headings (N, NE, E, SE, etc.).
1. Pressing and holding the
button
for 3 seconds turns the autodimming function OFF which is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning off.
2. Pressing and holding the
button
for 3 seconds again turns the
auto-dimming function ON which
is indicated by the green Status
Indicator LED turning on.
The mirror defaults to the ON position each time the vehicle is started.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
Compass function
The Compass can be turned ON and
OFF and will remember the last state
when the ignition is cycled. To turn
the display feature ON/OFF:
1. Press and release the
button
within 1 second to turn the display
feature OFF.
2. Press and release the
button
again within 1 second to turn the
display back ON.
Additional options can be set with
press and hold sequences of the
button and are detailed below.
There is a difference between magnetic north and true north. The compass in the mirror can compensate
for this difference when it knows the
Magnetic Zone in which it is operating. This is set either by the dealer or
by the user. The operating Zone
Numbers for North America are
shown in the figure on the following
section.
B520C05NF
4 40
Features of your vehicle
To adjust the Zone setting:
1. Determine the desired Zone
Number based upon your current
location on the Zone Map.
2. Press and hold the
button for 6
seconds, the current Zone
Number will appear on the display.
3. Pressing and holding the
button
again will cause the numbers to
increment (Note: they will repeat
…13, 14, 15, 1, 2, …). Releasing
the button when the desired Zone
Number appears on the display
will set the new Zone.
4. Within about 5 seconds the compass will start displaying a compass heading again.
There are some conditions that can
cause changes to the vehicle magnets, such as installing a ski rack or
a CB antenna. Body repair work on
the vehicle can also cause changes
to the vehicle's magnetic field. In
these situations, the compass will
need to be re-calibrated to quickly
correct these changes. To re-calibrate the compass:
1. Press and hold the
button for
more than 9 seconds. When the
compass memory is cleared a "C"
will appear in the display.
2. To calibrate the compass, drive
the vehicle in 2 complete circles at
less than 5 mph (8 km/h).
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System provides a convenient way to
replace up to three hand-held radiofrequency (RF) transmitters with a
single built-in device. This innovative
feature will learn the radio frequency
codes of most current transmitters to
operate devices such as gate operators, garage door openers, entry
door locks, security systems, even
home lighting. Both standard and
rolling code-equipped transmitters
can be programmed by following the
outlined procedures. Additional
HomeLink® information can be found
at: www.homelink.com or by calling
1-800-355-3515.
4 41
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink®
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure that people
and objects are out of the way of
the device to prevent potential
harm or damage. Do not use
HomeLink® with any garage door
opener that lacks the safety stop
and reverse features required by
U.S. federal safety standards (this
includes any garage door opener
model manufactured before April
1, 1982). A garage door that cannot detect an object - signaling
the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a
garage door opener without these
features increases the risk of serious injury or death.
4 42
Retain the original transmitter of the
RF device you are programming for
use in other vehicles as well as for
future HomeLink® programming. It is
also suggested that upon the sale of
the vehicle, the programmed
HomeLink® buttons be erased for
security purposes.
✽ NOTICE - Programming
•
•
•
•
HomeLink®
When programming a garage
door opener, it is advised to park
the vehicle outside of the garage.
It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink® for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
Some vehicles may require the
ignition switch to be turned to the
second (or "accessories") position
for programming and/or operation of HomeLink®.
In the event that there are still programming difficulties or questions
after following the programming
steps listed below, contact
HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com
or 1-800-355-3515.
Features of your vehicle
Programming
To train most devices, follow these
instructions:
✽ NOTICE
Flashing
Some devices may require you to
replace this Programming step 3
with procedures noted in the "Gate
Operator/Canadian Programming"
section. If the HomeLink® indicator
light does not change to a rapidly
blinking light after performing these
steps, contact HomeLink® at
www.homelink.com.
Flashing
OYF042251N
OYF042252N
1. For first-time programming, press
and hold the two outside buttons
( , ), HomeLink® Channel 1
and Channel 3, until the indicator
light begins to flash (after 10 seconds). Release both buttons. Do
not hold the buttons for longer
than 20 seconds.
2. Position the end of your hand-held
transmitter 1-3 inches (2-8 cm)
away from the HomeLink® button
you wish to program while keeping
the indicator light in view.
3. Simultaneously press and hold
both the HomeLink® and handheld transmitter buttons until the
HomeLink® indicator light changes
from a slow to a rapid blinking light.
Now you may release both the
HomeLink® and hand-held transmitter buttons.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
4. Firmly press, hold for 5 seconds
and release the programmed
HomeLink® button up to two separate times to activate the door. If the
door does not activate, press and
hold the just-trained HomeLink®
button and observe the indicator
light.
• If the indicator light stays on constantly, programming is complete
and your device should activate
when the HomeLink® button is
pressed and released.
• If the indicator light blinks rapidly
for 2 seconds and then turns to
a constant light, continue with
"Programming" steps 5-7 to complete the programming of a rolling
code equipped device (most commonly a garage door opener).
5. At the garage door opener receiver (motor-head unit) in the garage,
locate the "leam" or "smart" button. This can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire is
attached to the motor-head unit.
4 44
6. Firmly press and release the
"leam" or "smart" button. (The
name and color of the button vary
by manufacturer). There are 30
seconds to initiate step 7.
7. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for 2 seconds
and release the programmed
HomeLink® button. Repeat the
"press/hold/release" sequence a
second time, and, depending on
the brand of the garage door
opener (or other rolling code
equipped device), repeat this
sequence a third time to complete
the programming process.
Gate operator & Canadian
programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press
the Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button (note steps
2 through 4 in the Standard
Programming portion of this document) while you press and re-press
("cycle") your handheld transmitter
every two seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The indicator light will flash slowly and then
rapidly after several seconds upon
successful training.
HomeLink® should now activate your
rolling code equipped device.
Operating HomeLink®
To operate, simply press and release
the programmed HomeLink® button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained device (i.e. garage door opener, gate operator, security system,
entry door lock, home/office lighting,
etc.). For convenience, the hand-held
transmitter of the device may also be
used at any time.
Features of your vehicle
Reprogramming a single
HomeLink® button
To program a device to HomeLink®
using a HomeLink® button previously
trained, follow these steps:
1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink® button. DO NOT release
the button.
2. The indicator light will begin to flash
after 20 seconds. Without releasing
the HomeLink® button, proceed
with "Programming" step 2.
For questions or comments, contact
HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or
1-800-355-3515.
Erasing HomeLink® buttons
Individual buttons cannot be erased.
However, to erase all three programmed buttons:
1. Press and hold the two outer
HomeLink® buttons until the indicator light begins to flash after 10
seconds.
2. Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 20 seconds.
The Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System is now in the training
(learn) mode and can be programmed at any time following the
appropriate steps in the Programming
sections above.
FCC ID: NZLTLMHL4
IC: 4112A-TLMHL4
This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION
The transceiver has been tested
and complies with FCC and
Industry Canada rules. Changes
or modifications not expressly
approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
the user's authority to operate
the device.
4 45
Features of your vehicle
NVS® is a registered trademark and
Z-Nav™ is a trademark of the Gentex
Corporation, Zeeland, Michigan.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark
owned by Johnson Controls,
Incorporated, Milwaukee, Wisconsin.
4 46
Outside rearview mirror
Be sure to adjust mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand outside
rearview mirrors. The mirrors can be
adjusted remotely with the remote
switch. The mirror heads can be folded back to prevent damage during an
automatic car wash or when passing
through a narrow street.
The right outside rearview mirror is
convex. Objects seen in the mirror
are closer than they appear.
Use your interior rearview mirror or
direct observation to determine the
actual distance of following vehicles
when changing lanes.
CAUTION - Rearview
mirror
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass. If ice should
restrict movement of the mirror,
do not force the mirror for
adjustment. To remove ice, use
a deicer spray, or a sponge or
soft cloth with very warm water.
WARNING - Mirror
adjustment
Do not adjust or fold the outside
rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving. This could result
in loss of control, and an accident which could cause death,
serious injury or property damage.
Features of your vehicle
OHG041044A
Adjusting the outside rearview
mirror
The electric remote control mirror
switch allows you to adjust the position
of the left and right outside rearview
mirrors.
To adjust the position of the mirrors:
1.Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position.
2.Move the lever(1) to R (right) or L
(left) to select the right side mirror
or the left side mirror.
3.Press a corresponding point on the
mirror adjustment control to position
the selected mirror up, down, left or
right.
4.After the adjustment, position the
lever in the center to prevent inadvertent movement.
CAUTION - Outside
mirror
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum
adjusting angles, but the motor
continues to operate while the
switch is pressed. Do not
press the switch longer than
necessary, the motor may be
damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the
outside rearview mirror by
hand. Doing so may damage
the related parts.
OHG041214A
Folding the outside rearview
mirror
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
grasp the housing of the mirror and
then fold it toward the rear of the
vehicle.
4 47
Features of your vehicle
Neutral : When the remote control
outside rearview mirror
switch is placed in the middle, the outside rearview
mirrors will not operate
while the vehicle is moving
rearward.
OHG041034A
Reverse parking aid function
(if equipped)
While the vehicle is moving rearward, the outside rearview mirror(s)
will move downward to aid reverse
parking. According to the position of
the outside rearview mirror switch
(1), the outside rearview mirror(s) will
operate as follows:
L/R : When the remote control outside
rearview mirror switch is selected to the L (left) or R (right) position, both outside rearview mirrors will move downward.
4 48
The outside rearview mirrors will
automatically revert to their original
positions under the following conditions:
1. The ignition switch is in the OFF
position.
2. Shift lever is moved to any position
except R (Reverse).
3. Remote control outside rearview
mirror switch is placed in the middle.
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Tachometer
2. Turn signal indicators
3. Speedometer
4. LCD display
5. Fuel gauge
6. Engine coolant temperature gauge
7. Warning and indicator lights
For more details, refer to "Gauges" in
the next pages.
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHG041046A
4 49
Features of your vehicle
OHG041048A
OHG040049N
Instrument panel illumination
Gauges
The instrument panel illumination
intensity can be adjusted as follows:
• Ignition switch in the ON position
• Pushing the control switch up or
down
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.
The speedometer is calibrated in
miles per hour and/or kilometers per
hour.
The illumination intensity is shown
on the instrument cluster LCD display.
4 50
OHG040051
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the engine
speed in revolutions per minute
(rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and/or over-revving the engine.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Red zone
Do not operate the engine within the tachometer's RED ZONE.
This may cause severe engine
damage.
OHG041053A
OHG041054A
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
This gauge shows the temperature
of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “If the engine overheats” in section 6.
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the “H”
position, it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
• The fuel tank capacity is given in section 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by
a low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel
gauge pointer may fluctuate or the
low fuel warning light may come on
earlier than usual due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
Trip computer
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving on the display when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
All stored driving information (except
odometer) resets if the battery is disconnected.
WARNING - Fuel gauge
Stop and obtain additional fuel
as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when
the gauge indicator comes
close to the E level. Running out
of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger.
CAUTION - Low fuel
Avoid driving with a extremely
low fuel level. Running out of
fuel could cause the engine to
misfire, damaging the catalytic
converter.
4 52
OHG040055
LCD display
The Trip computer, User settings,
Maintenance system, Warnings, etc.
are displayed on the LCD display.
To change between groups, press
the DISP button.
To change between modes in
groups, press the
or
button.
Features of your vehicle
Press the
or
between modes.
button to change
TRIP A
TRIP B
Distance to empty
Average fuel economy /
Instant fuel economy
Average speed
Elapsed time
OHG041056A
OHG041057A
Odometer (km or mi.)
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful
to determine when periodic maintenance should be performed.
Tripmeter
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of
individual trips selected since the
last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0
to 9999.9 miles (0.0 to 9999.9 km).
Pressing the DISP button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter
(TRIP A or TRIP B) is displayed,
resets the tripmeter to zero (0.0).
4 53
Features of your vehicle
You can activate or deactivate the feature, resetting the average fuel economy after refueling more than 1.6 gallons (6 l). Refer to "User Settings" in
this chapter.
OHG041058A
OHG041060A
Distance to empty
This mode indicates the estimated
distance to empty based on the current fuel in the fuel tank and the
amount of fuel delivered to the
engine. When the remaining distance
is below 30 miles (50 km), “---” will be
displayed and the distance to empty
indicator will blink.
The meter’s working range is from 30
to 999 miles (50 to 999 km).
Average fuel economy
This mode calculates the average
fuel economy from the total fuel used
and the distance since the last average consumption reset. The total fuel
used is calculated from the fuel consumption input. For an accurate calculation, drive more than 0.03 miles
(50 m).
Pressing the DISP button for more
than 1 second, when the average
fuel economy is displayed, clears the
average fuel economy to zero (--.-).
If the vehicle speed exceeds 1.6 mph
(1 km/h) after refueling more than 1.6
gallons (6 l), the average fuel consumption will be cleared to zero (---).
4 54
Features of your vehicle
OHG041061A
Instant fuel economy
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption every 0.4 seconds from
the driving distance and quantity of
fuel injection.
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been interrupted, the “Distance to empty”
function may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of fuel are added to
the vehicle.
• The “Fuel economy” and “Distance
to empty” may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving habits, and condition of the
vehicle.
• The “Distance to empty” is an estimate of the available driving distance. This value may differ from
the actual driving distance available.
OHG041062A
Average speed
This mode calculates the average
speed of the vehicle since the last
average speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the average speed keeps going while
the engine is running.
Pressing the DISP button for more
than 1 second, when the average
speed is displayed, clears the average speed to zero (---).
4 55
Features of your vehicle
OHG041063A
OHG041064A
OHG041204A
Elapsed time
This mode indicates the total time
traveled since the last driving time
reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion,
the driving time keeps going while
the engine is running.
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the DISP button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time
is displayed, clears the driving time
to zero (00:00).
User settings
1. When the vehicle is at a standstill,
press the DISP button until the
"User Settings" group is displayed.
2. Press the
or
button to enter
the "User Settings" group.
2. Change between items by pressing
the
or
button and choose an
item by pressing the DISP button.
Steering Easy Access
(only for Driver Position Memory
System equipped vehicle)
Off - The Steering Easy Access
function will be deactivated.
On - The steering wheel will automatically move away or toward
the driver for the driver to enter
or exit the vehicle comfortably.
4 56
Features of your vehicle
OHG041203A
OHG041200A
OHG041201A
Seat Easy Access
(only for Driver Position Memory
System equipped vehicle)
Off - The Seat Easy Access function
will be deactivated.
On - The driver's seat will automatically move forward or rearward
for the driver to enter or exit the
vehicle comfortably.
Auto Door Lock
Off - The auto door lock operation
will be canceled.
Speed - All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3mph
(15km/h).
Shift Lever - All doors will be automatically locked if the shift
lever is shifted from the
P(Park) position to the
R(Reverse), N(Neutral)
or D(Drive) position.
Auto Door Unlock
Off - The auto door unlock operation
will be canceled.
Power Off - All doors will be automatically unlocked when
the smart key is in the
OFF position.
Shift Lever - All doors will be automatically unlocked if the
shift lever is shifted to
the P(Park) position.
Door - All doors will be automatically
unlocked if the driver's door is
unlocked.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
OHG041205A
OHG041202A
OHG041206A
Two Turn Unlock
Off - The two turn unlock function will
be deactivated. Therefore, all
doors will unlock if the door is
unlocked.
On - The driver’s door will unlock if
the door is unlocked. When the
door is unlocked again within 4
seconds, all doors will unlock.
Lock/Unlock Sound
Off - The hazard warning light will
blink but the chime will not
sound when the door is locked
or unlocked with the smart key.
On - The hazard warning light will
blink and the chime will sound
when the door is locked or
unlocked with the smart key.
Headlamp Escort
Off - The Headlamp Escort and
Headlamp Welcome function
will be deactivated.
On - The Headlamp Escort and
Headlamp Welcome function
will be activated.
4 58
Features of your vehicle
OHG041208A
OHG041209A
OHG041210A
Welcome Sound
Off - The Welcome Sound function
will be deactivated.
On - The Welcome Sound function
will be activated.
Auto Triple Turn
(One-touch triple turn signal)
Off - The Auto Triple Turn function
will be deactivated.
On - The lane change signals will
blink 3 times when the turn signal lever is moved slightly.
AVG Fuel Economy
Manual Reset - The average fuel
economy will not
reset automatically
when you drive after
refueling.
Auto Reset - The average fuel economy will reset automatically when you drive
after refueling.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
OHG041211A
OHG041065A
OHG041066A
Ambient lighting
The brightness of the ambient light
may be adjusted.
• 5 stage : Off / Level 1 / Level 2 /
Level 3 / Level 4
Maintenance system (if equipped)
The Maintenance system informs the
driver when to replace engine oil and
rotate tires.
Maintenance
1. When the vehicle is at a standstill,
pressing the DISP button for more
than 2 seconds with the ignition
switch in the ON position or engine
running, the LCD display on the
cluster will change to the
"Maintenance" group.
You can move to an item by pressing the
or
button and select
the item by pressing the DISP button.
4 60
Features of your vehicle
LCD display warning and
indicators
Illumination
OHG041067A
2. Select the desired maintenance
schedule.
3. If finished, you can come out of
the “Maintenance” group by pressing the DISP button for more than
2 seconds.
OHG041085A
OHG040084
Door/Trunk open
This indicator displays which door (or
trunk) is opened.
The illumination intensity of the
instrument panel is shown when
adjusting it with the illumination control switch.
4 61
Features of your vehicle
Rear Parking Assist Warning
Low Washer Liquid
Check Fuel Cap
OHG041086A
OHG040087L
OHG041213A
Displays the area an obstacle is
detected while moving rearward.
For more details, refer to "Rear
Parking Assist System" in section 4.
This warning light illuminates for 12
seconds when the washer fluid
reservoir is nearly empty. Refill the
washer fluid as soon as possible.
This warning light indicates the fuel
filler cap is not tightened securely.
Always make sure that the fuel filler
cap is tight.
4 62
Features of your vehicle
Low Tire Pressure
Turn On "FUSE SWITCH"
Key is not in vehicle
OHG041083A
OHG041212A
OHG041072C
The low tire pressure position telltale
will appear when one or more of your
tires are under-inflated. It will indicate
the corresponding under-inflated tire.
For more details, refer to “TPMS” in
section 6.
The notice appears to inform the
driver to turn on the fuse switch in
the instrument panel under the steering wheel.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in
section 7.
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
and if any door is opened or closed
with the ENGINE START/STOP button in the ACC, ON, or START position, the warning illuminates on the
LCD display. Also, the chime sounds
for 5 seconds when the smart key is
not in the vehicle and the door is
closed.
Always have the smart key with you.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
Key not detected
Low key battery
Press brake pedal to start engine
OHG041073C
OHG041075C
OHG041076A
If the smart key is not in the vehicle
or is not detected and you press the
ENGINE START/STOP button, the
warning illuminates on the LCD display for 10 seconds. Also, the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10 seconds.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the OFF position when
the smart key in the vehicle discharges, the warning illuminates on
the LCD display for about 10 seconds. Also, the warning chime
sounds once.
Replace the battery with a new one.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal,
the warning illuminates on the LCD
display for about 10 seconds to indicate that you should depress the
brake pedal to start the engine.
4 64
Features of your vehicle
Shift to "P" position
If the warning illuminates each time
you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button, take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
Press start button again
OHG041077A
OHG041078A
If you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in the P (Park)
position, the ENGINE START/STOP
button changes to the ACC position.
If the button is pressed once more it
will change to the ON position. The
warning illuminates on the LCD display for about 10 seconds to indicate
that you should press the ENGINE
START/STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) position to turn
off the engine.
Also, the warning chime sounds for
about 10 seconds. (if equipped)
If you cannot operate the ENGINE
START/STOP button when there
is a problem with the ENGINE
START/STOP button system, the
warning illuminates for 10 seconds
and the chime sounds to indicate
that you could start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button once more.
The chime will stop if the ENGINE
START/STOP button system works
normally or the theft alarm system is
armed.
4 65
Features of your vehicle
Shift to "P" or "N" to start the engine
Please press start button with smart
key
OHG041079A
If you try to start the engine with the
shift lever not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position, the warning illuminates for about 10 seconds on the
LCD display.
You can also start the engine with
the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position, but for your safety start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
4 66
Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"
OHG041082A
OHG041074C
If you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the warning “Key
is not detected” illuminates the warning “Please press the start button
with smart key” illuminates for 10
seconds on the LCD display. Also,
the immobilizer indicator blinks for 10
seconds.
When the stop lamp fuse is disconnected, the warning illuminates for
10 seconds on the LCD display.
Replace the fuse with a new one. If
that is not possible you can start the
engine by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for 10 seconds
in ACC.
Features of your vehicle
Warnings and indicators
(lnstrument cluster)
All warning lights are checked by
turning the ignition switch ON (do not
start the engine). Any light that does
not illuminate should be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
After starting the engine, check to
make sure that all warning lights are
off. If any are still on, this indicates a
situation that needs attention.
The following warning and indicators
that illuminates on the LCD display
are introduced in the previous pages.
• Door/Trunk open
• Illumination
• Rear parking assist warning
• Low washer fluid
• Check fuel cap
• Low tire pressure
• Turn on "FUSE SWITCH"
• Key is not in vehicle
• Key is not detected
• Low key battery
• Press brake pedal to start engine
• Shift to "P" position
• Press start button again
• Shift o "P" or "N" to start the engine
• Please press start button with
smart key
• Check fuse "BRAKE SWITCH"
Air bag warning light
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) is not working properly. If the
SRS air bag warning light does not
come on, or continuously remains on
after operating for about 6 seconds
when you turn the ignition switch to
the ON position or start the engine, or
if it comes on while driving, have the
SRS inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 67
Features of your vehicle
Seat belt warning
Front fog light indicator
Engine oil pressure
warning light
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will blink for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you turn the ignition switch ON
regardless of belt fastening.
For more details, refer to the “Seat
Belt” in section 3.
This light comes on when the front
fog lights are ON.
This warning light indicates the
engine oil pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while
driving:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road
and stop.
2. With the engine off, check the
engine oil level. If the level is low,
add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, call
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Turn signal indicator
The blinking green arrows on the
instrument panel show the direction
indicated by the turn signals. If the
arrow comes on but does not blink,
blinks more rapidly than normal, or
does not illuminate at all, a malfunction in the turn signal system is indicated. Your dealer should be consulted for repairs.
4 68
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the
headlights are on and in the high
beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled into the Flash-toPass position.
Position (Parking) /
Tail light indicator
This indicator illuminates when the
position lights are on.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Engine
damage
If the engine is not stopped
immediately after the engine oil
pressure warning light is illuminated and stays on while the
engine is running, serious
engine damage may result.
The oil pressure warning light comes
on whenever there is insufficient oil
pressure. In normal operation, it
should come on when the ignition
switch is turned on, then go out when
the engine is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the
engine is running, there is a serious
malfunction.
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may
result. The oil pressure warning
light comes on whenever there is
insufficient oil pressure. In normal operation, it should come on
when the ignition switch is turned
on, then go out when the engine
is started. If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the
engine is running, there is a serious malfunction.
If this happens, stop the vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so,
turn off the engine and check
the oil level. If the oil level is low,
fill the engine oil to the proper
level and start the engine again.
If the light stays on with the
engine running, turn the engine
off immediately. In any instance
where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, the
engine should be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
before the car is driven again.
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning light
Parking brake warning
This light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position. The warning light should go off
when the parking brake is released
while the engine is running.
The parking brake warning chime will
sound to remind you that the parking
brake is applied when you are driving
above 6 mph (10 km/h). Always release
the parking brake before you drive.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required. Then check all
brake components for fluid leaks.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks
are found, the warning light
remains on or the brakes do not
operate properly. Have the vehicle
towed to any authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for a brake system inspection and necessary repairs.
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking systems. This
means you still have braking on two
wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail. With only one of the
dual system working, more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal
pressure are required to stop the car.
Also, the car will not stop in as short
a distance with only a portion of the
brake system working. If the brakes
fail while you are driving, shift to a
lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the car as soon as it is
safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check
whether the parking brake and brake
fluid warning light illuminates when
the ignition switch is in the ON position.
4 70
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
This light illuminates if the ignition
switch is turned ON and goes off in
approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates that there may be a malfunction with the ABS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible. The normal braking system will still be operational, but without the assistance of
the anti-lock brake system.
Electronic
brake force
distribution
(EBD) system
warning light
If these two warning lights shown illuminate at the same time while driving, the ABS and EBD system may
have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular
brake system may not work normally.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
WARNING - ABS/brake
lights
If both ABS and brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your
vehicle’s brake system will not
work normally during sudden
braking. Loss of braking could
result in an accident, serious
injury, or death. In this case,
avoid high speed driving and
abrupt braking. Have your vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Features of your vehicle
If the ABS warning light or EBD warning light is on and stays on, the
speedometer or odometer/tripmeter
may not work. In this case, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Automatic transaxle
shift indicator
P
The indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected.
Charging system warning light
This warning light indicates a malfunction of either the generator or
electrical charging system.
If the warning light comes on while
the vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or
breakage.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a
problem exists somewhere in the
electrical charging system. Have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
correct the problem as soon as
possible.
4 71
Features of your vehicle
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely.
Trunk lid open warning
light
This warning light illuminates when a
trunk lid is not closed securely.
4 72
Immobilizer indicator
If any of the following occurs in a
vehicle equipped with the smart key,
the immobilizer indicator illuminates,
blinks or the light goes off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position, the indicator will illuminate.
However, when the smart key is
not in the vehicle, if the ENGINE
START/STOP button is pressed,
the indicator will blink for a few minutes to indicate that you will not be
able to start the engine.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ON position and the
indicator turns off after 2 seconds,
the system may have a problem.
Have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the battery is weak, if the
ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed, the indicator will blink and
you will not be able to start the
engine. However, you may still be
able to start the engine by directly
pressing the engine start/stop button with the smart key. If smart key
system related parts have a problem, the indicator will blink.
Features of your vehicle
EPS (Electronic Power
Steering) system warning light
EPS
This indicator light comes on after
the ignition key is turned to the ON
position and then goes out after
approximately 6 seconds.
This light also comes on when the
EPS has some problems. If it comes
on while driving, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Engine coolant temperature warning light
Low fuel level warning
light
The warning light illuminates if the
temperature of the engine coolant is
above 125±2.5°C (257±4.5°F).
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer to “Overheating” in section 6.
This warning light indicates the fuel
tank is nearly empty. When it comes
on, you should add fuel as soon as
possible. Driving with the fuel level
warning light on or with the fuel level
below “E” can cause the engine to
misfire and damage the catalytic
converter.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
Malfunction indicator
light (MIL)
(check engine light)
This indicator light is part of the
Engine Control System which monitors various emission control system
components. If this light illuminates
while driving, it indicates that a
potential malfunction has been
detected somewhere in the emission
control system.
This light will also illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the
ON position, and will go out in a few
seconds after the engine is started. If
it illuminates while driving, or does
not illuminate when the ignition
switch is in the ON position, take
your vehicle to your nearest authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
Generally, your vehicle will continue
to be drivable, but have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer promptly.
4 74
CAUTION - MIL
illumination
• Prolonged driving with the
Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminated may cause damage
to the emission control systems which could effect drivability and/or fuel economy.
• If the Emission Control
Malfunction Indicator Light
illuminates, potential catalytic
converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power. Have the Engine
Control System inspected as
soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ECO indicator
ECO
Active ECO system
When active ECO is operating the
ECO indicator is green.
For more details, refer to “Active
ECO” in section 5.
Features of your vehicle
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator
ESC OFF indicator
Cruise indicator
CRUISE
CRUISE indicator
The ESC indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned
ON, but should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is
on, it monitors the driving conditions.
Under normal driving conditions, the
ESC indicator will remain off. When a
slippery or low traction condition is
encountered, the ESC will operate,
and the ESC indicator will blink to
indicate the ESC is operating.
But, if the ESC system malfunctions
the indicator illuminates and stays
on. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and have the
system checked.
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate when the ignition switch is
turned ON, but should go off after
approximately 3 seconds. To switch
to ESC OFF mode, press the ESC
OFF button. The ESC OFF indicator
will illuminate indicating the ESC is
deactivated.
The indicator light illuminates when
the cruise control system is enabled.
The cruise indicator light in the
instrument cluster is illuminated
when the cruise control CRUISE button on the steering wheel is pushed.
The indicator light turns off when the
cruise control CRUISE button is
pushed again.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in section 5.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
Cruise SET indicator
SET
The indicator light illuminates when
the cruise function switch (SET- or
RES+) is ON. The cruise SET indicator light in the instrument cluster is
illuminated when the cruise control
switch (SET- or RES+) is pushed.
The cruise SET indicator light does
not illuminate when the cruise control switch (CANCEL) is pushed or
the system is disengaged.
For more details, refer to “Cruise
Control System” in section 5.
4 76
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring
System) indicator
Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
The low tire pressure telltale/TPMS
malfunction indicator comes on for 3
seconds after the ignition switch is in
the ON position.
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately 1 minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to “TPMS” in
section 6.
WARNING - Low tire
pressure
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires will cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator pedal, apply the brakes
gradually and with light force, slowly move to a safe position off the
road.
Features of your vehicle
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Rear
Sensors
Sensors
OHG040088
The rear parking assist system
assists the driver during reverse
movement of the vehicle by chiming
if any object is sensed within a distance of 47 in. (120 cm) behind the
vehicle. This system is a supplemental system and it is not intended to
nor does it replace the need for
extreme care and attention of the
driver. The sensing range and
objects detectable by the back sensors are limited. Whenever backingup, pay as much attention to what is
behind you as you would in a vehicle
without a rear parking assist system.
parking
The rear parking assist system
is a supplementary function
only. The operation of the rear
parking assist system can be
affected by several factors
(including environmental conditions). To avoid collision with
children, pedistrians, objects, or
vehicles, it is the responsibility
of the driver to always check the
area behind the vehicle before
and while backing up. Otherwise
serious injuries could occur.
OHG041091A
Rear parking assist system
OFF button
To turn off the rear parking assist
system, push the button (the indicator light will illuminate).
4 77
Features of your vehicle
Operation of the rear parking
assist system
Operating condition
• This system will activate when
backing up with the ignition switch
ON.
• The sensing distance while the
rear parking assist system is in
operation is approximately 47 in.
(120 cm).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest one will be recognized first.
✽ NOTICE
The parking assist system may not
operate if the vehicle’s distance from
the object is already less than
approximately 9.84 in (25 cm) when
the system is ON.
4 78
Types of warning sound and indicator
Types of warning sound
When an object is 47 in. to 32 in.
(120 cm to 81 cm) from the rear
bumper : Buzzer beeps intermittently.
When an object is 31 in. to 16
in. (80 cm to 41 cm) from the
rear bumper : Buzzer beeps
more frequently.
When an object is within 15 in.
(40 cm) of the rear bumper :
Buzzer beeps continuously.
Indicator
✽ NOTICE
• The indicator may differ from the
illustration according to the objects
or sensors status.
• If the indicator blinks, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• The actual indicator in the vehicle
may be different from the illustration.
Features of your vehicle
Non-operational conditions of
rear parking assist system
The rear parking assist system
may not operate properly when:
1. Moisture is frozen to the sensor. (It
will operate normally when the
moisture has been cleared.)
2. The sensor is covered with foreign
matter, such as snow or water, or
the sensor cover is blocked. (It will
operate normally when the material is removed or the sensor is no
longer blocked.)
3. Driving on uneven road surfaces
(unpaved roads, gravel, bumps,
gradient).
4. Objects generating excessive
noise (vehicle horns, loud motorcycle engines, or truck air brakes)
are within range of the sensor.
5. Heavy rain or water spray exists.
6. Wireless transmitters or mobile
phones are within range of the
sensor.
7. The sensor is covered with snow.
8. Trailer towing
The detecting range may decrease
when:
1. The sensor is stained with foreign
matter such as snow or water.
(The sensing range will return to
normal when removed.)
2. Outside air temperature is
extremely hot or cold.
The following objects may not be
recognized by the sensor:
1. Sharp or slim objects such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
2. Objects which tend to absorb the
sensor frequency such as clothes,
spongy material or snow.
3. Undetectable objects smaller than
40 in. (1 m) in height and narrower
than 6 in. (14 cm) in diameter.
Rear parking assist system
precautions
• The rear parking assist system may
not sound sequentially depending
on the speed and shapes of the
objects detected.
• The rear parking assist system may
malfunction if the vehicle bumper
height or sensor installation has
been modified or damaged. Any
non-factory installed equipment or
accessories may also interfere with
the sensor performance.
• The sensor may not recognize
objects less than 15 in. (40 cm)
from the sensor, or it may sense an
incorrect distance. Use caution.
• When the sensor is frozen or
stained with snow, dirt, or water,
the sensor may be inoperative until
the stains are removed using a soft
cloth.
• Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
This system can only sense objects
within the range and location of the
sensors; it can not detect objects in
other areas where sensors are not
installed. Also, small or slim objects,
such as poles or objects located
between sensors may not be detected by the sensors.
Always visually check behind the
vehicle when backing up.
Be sure to inform any drivers of the
vehicle that may be unfamiliar with
the system regarding the systems
capabilities and limitations.
4 80
WARNING - Objects
Pay close attention when the
vehicle is driven close to
objects on the road, particularly
pedestrians, and especially
children. Be aware that some
objects may not be detected by
the sensors, due to the object’s
distance, size or material, all of
which can limit the effectiveness of the sensor. To avoid collisions with children, pedistrians, objects, and vehicles,
always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is
clear of all obstructions before
moving the vehicle in any direction. Otherwise serious injuries
could occur.
Self-diagnosis
When you shift the gear to the R
(Reverse) position and if one or more
of the below occurs you may have a
malfunction in the rear parking assist
system.
• You do not hear an audible warning
sound or if the buzzer sounds intermittently.
•
is displayed.
(blinks)
If this occurs, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants due to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
Features of your vehicle
REARVIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED)
OHG041095A
The rearview camera will activate
when the back-up light is ON with the
ignition switch ON and the shift lever
in the R (Reverse) position.
This system is a supplemental system that shows behind the vehicle
through the display monitor while
backing-up.
Always keep the camera lens clean.
If the lens is covered with foreign
matter, the camera may not operate
normally.
WARNING - Rearview
WARNING - Backing &
camera
The rear view camera is not a
safety device. It only serves to
assist the driver in identifying
objects directly behind the middle of the vehicle. The camera
does NOT cover the complete
area behind the vehicle. While
the camera's display is generally accurate, objects can be
much closer than they appear in
the display screen and can be
distorted in both size and proportion.
using camera
Never rely solely on the rear
view camera when reversing.
You must always view the area
behind you including looking
over both shoulders as well as
continuously checking all three
rear view mirrors. Due to the difficulty of ensuring that the area
behind you remains clear,
always back slowly and stop
immediately if you even suspect
that a person, and especially a
child, might be behind you.
Otherwise serious injury or
death could occur.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
HAZARD WARNING
FLASHER
LIGHTING
Battery saver function
OHG040109
The hazard warning flasher should
be used whenever you find it necessary to stop the car in a hazardous
location. When you must make such
an emergency stop, always pull off
the road as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned
on by pushing in the hazard switch.
This causes all turn signal lights to
blink. The hazard warning lights will
operate even though the key is not in
the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the switch a second time.
4 82
• The purpose of this feature is to
prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lights when
the driver turns off the engine and
opens the driver-side door.
• With this feature, the parking lights
will be turned off automatically if
the driver parks on the side of the
road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the engine is turned off, perform the following:
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and
ON again using the light switch
on the steering column.
Headlight (Headlamp) escort
function
If you turn the ignition switch to the
ACC or OFF position with the headlights ON, the headlights (and/or
parking light) remain on for about 20
minutes. However, if the driver’s door
is opened and closed, the headlights
(and/or parking light) turn off after 30
seconds.
The headlights (and/or parking light)
can be turned off by pressing the
lock button on the smart key twice or
turning the light switch to the OFF or
AUTO position.
However, if you turn the light switch
to the AUTO position when it is dark
outside, the headlights will not turn
off immediately.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to “User Settings” in
this section.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
If the driver gets out of the vehicle through other doors (except
driver's door), the battery saver
function does not operate and
the headlight escort function
does not turn off automatically.
Therefore, it causes the battery
to be discharged. In this case,
make sure to turn off the lamp
before getting out of the vehicle.
Headlight (Headlamp) welcome
function
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
When the headlight is in the ON or
AUTO position and all doors (and
trunk) are closed and locked, if you
press the door unlock button on the
smart key, the headlights (and/or
parking light) will come on for about
15 seconds. At this time, if you press
the door lock or unlock button, the
headlights (and/or parking light) will
turn off immediately.
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can
make it easier for others to see the
front of your vehicle during the day.
DRL can be helpful in many different
driving conditions, and it is especially
helpful after dawn and before sunset.
The DRL system turns OFF when:
1. The multifunction switch is in the
DRL OFF position.
2. The headlights are ON.
3. The turn signal is ON. (the blinking
side of the DRL will turn off)
4. The hazard warning light is ON.
5. The parking brake is applied.
6. Engine stops.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to “User Settings” in
this section.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
OHG041110A
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and
a Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
(4) Auto light position (if equipped)
4 84
OHG041111A
OHG041112A
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking light position, the position,
license and instrument panel lights
are ON and the position light indicator is ON.
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight position, the head, position and
license plate lights are ON.
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
Features of your vehicle
OHG041113A
Auto light position
When the light switch is in the AUTO
light position, the parking lights and
headlights will be turned ON or OFF
automatically depending on the
amount of light outside the vehicle.
• Never place anything over sensor
(1) located on the instrument
panel. This will ensure better autolight system control.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner. The cleaner may
leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint or
other types of metallic coating on
the front windshield, the Auto light
system may not work properly.
OHG041115A
High beam operation
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it
back for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlight high beams are
switched on.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not leave the lights
on for a prolonged time while the
engine is not running.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
OHG041114A
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal (low beam) position when
released. The headlight switch does
not need to be on to use the flashing
feature.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when
there are surrounding vehicles.
Using high beam could obstruct
the other driver's vision.
4 86
OHG041116A
Turn signals and lane change
signals
The ignition switch must be on for the
turn signals to function. To turn on
the turn signals, move the lever up or
down (A). Green arrow indicators on
the instrument panel indicate which
turn signal is operating. They will
self-cancel after a turn is completed.
If the indicator continues to flash
after a turn, manually return the lever
to the OFF position.
To signal a lane change, move the
turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B). The lever will return to
the OFF position when released.
Features of your vehicle
One-touch triple turn signal
To activate the one-touch triple turn
signal move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3 times.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the fog
light switch (1) to the OFF position or
turn off the head lights.
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor.
You can activate or deactivate this
feature. Refer to "User Settings" in
this section.
✽ NOTICE
If an indicator flash is abnormally
quick or slow, a bulb may be burned
out or have a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
OHG040117
Front fog light
Fog lights are used to provide
improved visibility and avoid accidents when visibility is poor due to
fog, rain or snow etc.
The fog lights will turn on when :
1. The headlight is turned on.
2. The fog light switch is turned to the
ON position.
4 87
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
Windshield wipers
OHG042118
Windshield wiper/washer
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
· LO – Normal wiper speed
· HI – Fast wiper speed
B : Intermittent wipe time adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes
4 88
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
move the lever to the MIST
position and release it with
the lever in the OFF position.
The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is held in
this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. Use
this mode in a light rain or mist.
To vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob.
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
OHG042121
Windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will
continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check
the washer fluid level. If the fluid level
is not sufficient, you will need to add
appropriate non-abrasive windshield
washer fluid to the washer reservoir.
The reservoir filler neck is located in
the front of the engine compartment
on the passenger side.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Washer pump
To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
WARNING - Obscured
visibility
Do not use the washer in freezing temperatures without first
warming the windshield with the
defrosters; the washer solution
could freeze on contact with the
windshield and obscure your
vision.
CAUTION - Wipers &
Windshields
• To prevent possible damage
to the wipers or windshield,
do not operate the wipers
when the windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or
other solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms and other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the
engine is not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
WARNING - Interior light
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
glare from the interior lights
may obstruct your view and
cause an accident.
Automatic turn off function
(if equipped)
The interior lights automatically turn
off approximately 20 minutes after
the ignition switch is turned off.
With the theft alarm system, the interior lights automatically turns off
approximately 5 seconds after the
system is in the armed stage.
4 90
OHG040122
Map lamp
•
,
: Push the switch (1) to
turn the map lamp on or
off. This light produces a
spot beam for convenient use as a map lamp
at night or as a personal
lamp for the driver and
the front passenger.
• DOOR
When the DOOR switch is pushed:
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on when a door is opened
and closed. The lamps go out
after approximately 30 seconds.
- The map lamp and room lamp
comes on for approximately 30
seconds when doors are unlocked
with a smart key as long as the
doors are not opened.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on for approximately 20 minutes if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC or OFF
position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
stay on continuously if the door is
opened with the ignition switch in
the ON position.
- The map lamp and room lamp will
go out immediately if the ignition
switch is changed to the ON position or all doors are locked.
- Push the switch once more to
turn off the DOOR switch.
Features of your vehicle
• ROOM
- The map lamp and room lamp
stay on at all times.
- Push the switch once more to
turn off the light.
Mood lamp (2)
- The mood lamp turns on when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC or above position.
- The mood lamp will turn off when
the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the OFF position.
■ Type A
OHG040123
■ Type B
OHG040125
Trunk room lamp
The trunk room lamp comes on for 20
minutes when the trunk is opened.
OHG040124
Room lamp
Press the button to turn the light on
or off.
CAUTION
Do not leave the lamp switches
on for an extended period of time
when the vehicle is not running.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
OHG040126
OHG040127
OHG040128
Door courtesy lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
The door courtesy lamp comes ON
when the door is opened to assist
entering or exiting the vehicle. It also
serves as a warning to passing vehicles that the vehicle door is opened.
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
The parking lights or headlights must
be ON for the glove box lamp to function.
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the
glove box securely after using
the glove box.
4 92
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary charging system drain, close the vanity mirror cover after using the
mirror.
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it off
before operating the rear defroster.
CAUTION - Conducters
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside
surface of the rear window,
never use sharp instruments or
window cleaners containing
abrasives to clean the window.
✽ NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to
“Windshield defrosting and defogging” in this section.
OHG040130
Outside rearview mirror defroster
(if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with the
outside rearview mirror defrosters,
they will operate at the same time you
turn on the rear window defroster.
Rear window defroster
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from
the rear window, while the engine is
running.
• To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster
button located in the center facia
switch panel.
• The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when
the defroster is ON.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the
ignition switch is turned off.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
1. Front windshield defroster button
2. Fan speed control knob
3. OFF button
4. Rear window defroster button
5. Dual temperature control selection button
6. Mode selection button
7. Passenger's temperature control switch
8. Air intake control button
9. Climate information screen selection
button
10. Driver’s temperature control switch
11. AUTO (automatic control) button
12. Air conditioning button
OHG040140
4 94
Features of your vehicle
OHG040142
OHG042184
OHG040143
Automatic heating and air conditioning
1. Push the AUTO button.
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by setting the temperature.
2. Set the temperature to the desired
temperature.
Never place anything over the sensor
located on the instrument panel to
ensure better control of the heating
and cooling system.
✽ NOTICE
• To turn the automatic operation
off, select any button or switch of
the following:
- Mode selection switch
- Air conditioning button
- Front windshield defroster button
- Air intake control button
- Fan speed control knob
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions operate automatically.
• For your convenience and to
improve the effectiveness of the
climate control, use the AUTO
button and set the temperature to
73°F (23°C).
4 95
Features of your vehicle
Manual heating and air conditioning
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
Press the AUTO button in order to
convert to full automatic control of
the system.
4 96
OHG041133A
Features of your vehicle
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of air
directed to the windshield and side
window defrosters.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
OHG040144
Mode selection
The mode selection switch controls
the direction of the air flow through
the ventilation system.
The air flow outlet port is converted
as follows:
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Face-Level (B, C, D, E, F)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
OHG040145
Defrost-Level
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
✽ NOTICE
The defrost mode is more effective
when a warmer air temperature setting is selected.
Floor & Defrost (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
4 97
Features of your vehicle
■ Driver’s side
■ Passenger’s side
OHG040135
OHG040184
OHG040146
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of
air delivery from these vents using
the vent control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature will increase to the
maximum (HIGH) by pressing
part of the switch.
The temperature will decrease to the
minimum (LOW) by pressing
part of the switch.
When pressing the switch, the temperature will increase or decrease by
1°F (0.5 °C). When set to the lowest
temperature setting, the air conditioning may operate.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
1. Press the DUAL button to operate
the driver and passenger side
temperature individually. Pressing
the right temperature control button will automatically switch to the
DUAL mode as well.
2. Operate the left temperature control to adjust the driver side temperature. Operate the right temperature control to adjust the passenger side temperature.
When the driver side temperature is
set to the highest (HIGH) or lowest
(LOW) temperature setting, the
DUAL mode is deactivated for maximum heating or cooling.
4 98
Features of your vehicle
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
1. Press the DUAL button again to
deactivate DUAL mode. The passenger side temperature will be
set to the same temperature as
the driver side temperature.
2. Operate the driver’s side temperature control switch. The driver and
passenger side temperature will
be adjusted equally.
Recirculated air position
With the recirculated air
position selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
drawn through the heating system and heated
or cooled according to
the function selected.
OHG040147
Temperature conversion
You can switch the temperature mode
between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as
follows:
While pressing the MODE button,
press the DUAL button for 3 seconds
or more.
The display will change from
Centigrade to Fahrenheit, or from
Fahrenheit to Centigrade.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Centigrade.
Air intake control
This is used to select the outside
(fresh) air position or recirculated air
position.
To change the air intake control position, push the control button.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh)
air position selected, air
enters the vehicle from
outside and is heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
✽ NOTICE
Driving on high speed with the
recirculation air position mode,
fresh air may enter the vehicle to
ventilate the inside air.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Continuous use of the climate
control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the
air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
• Continued climate control
system operation in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside
vehicle which may fog the
glass and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with
the air conditioning or heating
system on. It may cause serious harm or death due to a
drop in the oxygen level
and/or body temperature.
4 100
It should be noted that prolonged
operation of the heating in recirculated air position will cause fogging of
the windshield and side windows and
the air within the passenger compartment will become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air
conditioning with the recirculated air
position selected, will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment.
OHG040148
Fan speed control
The fan speed control knob
you to control the fan speed
airflow in the vehicle.
To change the fan speed:
• Turn the knob to the right
increase fan speed.
• Turn the knob to the left
decrease fan speed.
allows
of the
(+) to
(-) to
Features of your vehicle
OHG040149
OHG040150
OHG040151
Air conditioning
Press the A/C button to turn the air
conditioning system on (indicator light
will illuminate).
Press the button again to turn the air
conditioning system off.
OFF mode
Press the OFF button to turn off the
air climate control system. However,
you can still operate the mode and
air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Climate information screen selection
Press the climate information screen
selection button to display climate
information on the screen.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
System operation
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the
outside (fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired,
turn the air conditioning system (if
equipped) on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the
mode to the
or
position.
4 102
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position. Be sure to
return the control to the fresh air
position when the irritation has
passed to keep fresh air in the
vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system
is drawn in through the grilles just
ahead of the windshield. Care
should be taken that these are not
blocked by leaves, snow, ice or
other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to
the fresh air position and fan speed
to the desired position, turn on the
air conditioning system, and adjust
the temperature control to desired
temperature.
Air conditioning
HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine. Press the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Excessive A/C
When using the air conditioning system, monitor the engine coolant
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine
overheating and potential engine
damage. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning
system off if the engine coolant temperature gauge indicates engine
overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system
operation, you may occasionally
notice a slight change in engine
speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning
system, you may notice clear water
dripping (or even puddling) on the
ground under the passenger side
of the vehicle. This is a normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system in the recirculated air position
provides maximum cooling, however, continual operation in this
mode may cause the air inside the
vehicle to become stale.
After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from the
recirculated air to the fresh outside
air position.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and
humid air intake. This is a normal
system operation characteristic.
4 103
Features of your vehicle
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Blower Evaporator core
Climate control air filter
Heater core
OHM048209
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed
behind the glove box filters the dust
or other pollutants that come into the
vehicle from the outside through the
heating and air conditioning system.
If dust or other pollutants accumulate
in the filter over a period of time, the
air flow from the air vents may
decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation on the inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh)
air position is selected. If this happens, have the climate control air filter replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 104
✽ NOTICE
• Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads, more frequent air
conditioner filter inspections and
changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, the system should be
checked at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air
conditioner refrigerant and
compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
has a negative impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION - Compressor
damage
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and
refrigerant is used. Otherwise,
damage to the compressor and
abnormal system operation may
occur.
The air conditioning system should
be serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
the lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the
temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window,
outside rear view mirrors, and all
side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the
windshield.
OHG041154A
To defog inside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the desired
position.
2. Select desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
Defogging logic
If the air conditioning and outside
(fresh) air position are not selected
automatically, adjust the corresponding button manually. If the
position is selected, lower fan speed is
adjusted to a higher fan speed.
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
position. To cancel or return the
defogging logic, do the following.
OHG041155A
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HIGH) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The air conditioning will be turned
on according to the detected
ambient temperature and outside
(fresh) air position will be selected
automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
4 106
Features of your vehicle
OHG041157A
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defrost button (
).
3. While holding the air conditioning
button (A/C) pressed, press the air
intake control button at least 5
times within 3 seconds.
The indicator on the air intake control
button blinks 3 times with 0.5 second
of interval. It indicates that the defogging logic is canceled or returned to
the programmed status.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
4 107
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENTS
These compartments can be used to
store small items required by the
driver or passengers.
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to
place so many items in the
storage compartment that the
storage compartment cover
cannot close securely.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders or other flammable/explosive materials in the
vehicle. These items may catch
fire and/or explode if the vehicle
is exposed to hot temperature
for extended periods.
4 108
OHG041159A
OHG041160A
Center console storage
Glove box
To open the center console storage,
pull up the lever (1).
The glove box can be locked and
unlocked with the mechanical key (1).
To open the glove box, push the button (2) and the glove box will automatically open. Close the glove box
after use.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Sunglass
holder
Do not keep objects except sunglasses inside the sunglass
holder. Such objects can be
thrown from the holder in the
event of a sudden stop or an
accident, possibly injuring the
passengers in the vehicle.
OHG040162
Sunglass holder
To open the sunglass holder, press
the cover and the holder will slowly
open. Place your sunglasses in the
compartment door with the lenses
facing out. Push to close.
Do not open the sunglass holder
while the vehicle is moving. The rear
view mirror of the vehicle can be
blocked by an open sunglass holder.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup holder
■ Front
WARNING - Hot liquids
Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder
while the vehicle is in motion. If
the hot liquid spills, you may
burn yourself. Such a burn to
the driver could lead to loss of
control of the vehicle.
OHG041166A
Ashtray
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it
out.
Do not use the vehicle’s ashtray as
waste receptacles.
WARNING - Ashtray use
Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause a
fire.
4 110
OHG041164A
■ Rear
WARNING - Cans and
bottles
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a vehicle that is heated
up. It may explode.
OHG040167
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION - Vanity mirror
lamp
Close the vanity mirror cover
securely and return the sunvisor
to its original position after use.
If the vanity mirror is not closed
securely, the lamp will stay on
and could result in battery discharge and possible sunvisor
damage.
■ Front
• Type A
• Type B
OHG040168
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use a sunvisor for a side window,
pull it downward, unsnap it from the
bracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).
Adjust the sunvisor extension forward or backward (3).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down the
visor and slide the mirror cover (4).
The ticket holder (5) is provided for
holding a tollgate ticket.
For your safety, do not block your
view when using the sunvisor.
■ Rear
OHG041169A/OHG041190A/OHG040170
4 111
Features of your vehicle
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 10
amps with the engine running.
• Use the power outlet only when the
engine is running and remove the
accessory plug after use. Using the
accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could
cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 10A in electric
capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or heater
to the lowest operating level when
using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic
interference
when
plugged into a vehicle’s power
outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
4 112
WARNING - Electric shock
Do not put a finger or a foreign
element (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet and do not touch with a
wet hand.You may get an electric
shock.
Digital clock
(in the Audio system)
Whenever the battery terminals or
related fuses are disconnected, you
must reset the time.
Detailed information on setting the
clock is described in the seperately
supplied Navigation System manual.
WARNING - Clock setting
Do not adjust the clock while
driving, you may lose steering
control and cause an accident
that results in severe personal
injury or death.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Aftermarket
OUN026348
OCM039200N
Clothes hanger
Floor mat anchor(s)
To use the hanger, pull down the
upper portion of hanger.
When using a floor mat on the front
floor carpet, make sure it attaches to
the floor mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps the floor mat from
sliding forward.
CAUTION - Hanging
clothing
Do not hang heavy clothes, since
those may damage the hook.
Floor mat
Do not install aftermarket floor
mats that are not capable of
being securely attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
Unsecured floor mats can interfere with pedal operation and
cause an accident that results
in severe personal injury, death,
or property damage.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
The following must be observed when
installing ANY floor mat to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat should
be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side floor
mat anchors that are designed to
securely hold the floor mat in place.
To avoid any interference with pedal
operation, HYUNDAI recommends
that only the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle be
installed.
4 114
OHG041174A
Rear curtain (if equipped)
To fold the rear curtain, press the
button. To unfold the rear curtain,
press the button again.
CAUTION
Do not pull or fold the rear curtain by hand. It could cause
motor failure.
OHG041176A
The rear curtain will fold automatically when you shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) and unfold automatically
when you shift the shift lever from R
(Reverse) into P (Park).
After the rear curtain is folded by shifting the shift lever into R (Reverse) and
you drive more than 12 mph (20 km/h)
with the shift lever in D (Drive), the
rear curtain will unfold automatically.
Features of your vehicle
OHG040177
Side curtain (if equipped)
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the hook (1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM
OHG040178
CAUTION - Antenna
• Do not clean inside of the rear
window glass with a cleaner
or use a scraper to remove
foreign deposits as this may
cause damage to the antenna
elements.
• Avoid adding metallic coatings
such as Ni, Cd, and so on.
These can disturb receiving
AM and FM broadcast signals.
OHG040179L
Glass antenna
Steering wheel audio control
When the radio power switch is
turned on while the ignition switch is
in either the “ON” or “ACC” position,
your vehicle will receive both AM and
FM broadcast signals through the
antenna in the rear window glass.
The steering wheel audio control button is installed to promote safe driving.
Do not operate audio remote control
buttons simultaneously.
4 116
Features of your vehicle
VOLUME (VOL +/-) (1)
• Push up the lever to increase volume.
• Push down the lever to decrease
volume.
SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)
The SEEK/PRESET button has different functions base on the system
mode.
For the following functions the button
should be pressed for 0.8 seconds or
more.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
Single CD Player mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET button is
pressed for less than 0.8 seconds, it
will work as follows in each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons.
Single CD Player mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select
Radio, CD (Compact Disc), USB,
AUX or Phone.
MUTE (4)
• Press the MUTE button to cancel
the sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the seperately supplied Navigation System
manual.
4 117
Features of your vehicle
Audio system
CAUTION
If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio
and electronic device may malfunction.
Detailed information for the Audio
System is described in the seperately
supplied Navigation System manual.
4 118
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
Navigation system
A compatible phone can be used to
Pair/Connect the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology.
Detailed information for the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology is described in
the seperately supplied Navigation
System manual.
The navigation system ascertains
the present position of your vehicle
by using information from satellites
and guides you to the place you
assign as the destination.
Detailed information for the navigation
system is described in the separately
supplied Navigation System manual.
Features of your vehicle
OHG04A1180
Aux, USB and iPod® port
If your vehicle has an aux, USB (universal serial bus) port or iPod® port,
you can use an aux port to connect
audio devices, a USB port to plug in
a USB and an iPod® port to plug in
an iPod®.
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the power source of
the portable audio device.
❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.
4 119
Driving your vehicle
Before driving. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Illuminated ENGINE START/STOP button . . . . . . 5-5
• ENGINE START/STOP button position . . . . . . . . . 5-5
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Automatic transaxle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
• Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
• Electronic stability control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Vehicle stability management (VSM). . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
• Hill-start assist control (HAC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Active eco system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Economical operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Special driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Driving in the rain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
• Highway driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Winter driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Vehicle load limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
• Tire and loading information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
• Certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Vehicle weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Base curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Vehicle curb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• Cargo weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• GAW (Gross axle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• GVW (Gross vehicle weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
• GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-48
5
Driving your vehicle
Be sure the exhaust system does
not leak.
The exhaust system should be
checked whenever the vehicle is
raised to change the oil or for any
other purpose. If you hear a change in
the sound of the exhaust or if you
drive over something that strikes the
underside of the vehicle, have the
exhaust system checked as soon as
possible by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING - Engine
exhaust
Do not inhale exhaust fumes or
leave your engine running in a
enclosed area for a prolonged
time. Exhaust fumes contain
carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless gas that can cause
unconsciousness and death by
asphyxiation.
5 2
WARNING - Open trunk
Do not drive with the trunk
open. Poisonous exhaust gases
can enter the passenger compartment.
If you must drive with the trunk
open proceed as follows:
1. Close all windows.
2. Open side vents.
3. Set the air intake control at
"Fresh", the air flow control at
"Floor" or "Face" and the fan
at the highest speed.
To assure proper operation of
the ventilation system, be sure
the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshield
are kept clear of snow, ice,
leaves or other obstructions.
WARNING - California
proposition 65
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
Necessary inspections
Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside
mirror(s), and outside lights are
clean.
• Check the condition of the tires.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
Fluid levels, such as engine oil,
engine coolant, brake fluid, and
washer fluid should be checked on a
regular basis, with the exact interval
depending on the fluid. Further
details are provided in section 7,
“Maintenance”.
• Close and lock all doors.
• Position the seat so that all controls are easily reached.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Be sure that all lights work.
• Check all gauges.
• Check the operation of warning
lights when the ignition switch is
changed to the ON position.
• Release the parking brake and
make sure the brake warning light
goes out.
For safe operation, be sure you are
familiar with your vehicle and its
equipment.
WARNING - Distracted
driving
Focus on the road while driving.
The driver's primary responsibility is in the safe and legal
operation of the vehicle. Use of
any hand-held devices, other
equipment or vehicle systems
that distract the driver should
not be used during vehicle
operation. Distracted driving
can result in injuries or death.
WARNING
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle
is moving. Refer to “Seat belts”
in section 3 for more information on their proper use.
5 3
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Check
surroundings
Always check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
putting a vehicle into D (Drive)
or R (Reverse). Otherwise, an
accident may occur hurting or
killing people or children around
the vehicle.
WARNING - Driving while
intoxicated
Do not drive while intoxicated.
Drinking and driving is dangerous. Even a small amount of
alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment.
Driving while under the influence
of drugs is as dangerous as or
more dangerous than driving
drunk. Driving while intoxicated
can result in a serious accident.
5 4
WARNING - Loose object
Securely store items in your
vehicle. When you make a sudden stop or turn the steering
wheel rapidly, loose objects
may drop on the floor and it
could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident.
WARNING - Fire risk
When you intend to park or stop
the vehicle with the engine on,
be careful not to depress the
accelerator pedal for a long
period of time. It may overheat
the engine or exhaust system
and cause fire.
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON
ENGINE START/STOP button
position
OFF
White
OHG050004
Illuminated ENGINE
START/STOP button
(if equipped)
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ENGINE START/STOP button
will illuminate for your convenience.
The light will go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. It
will also go off immediately when the
theft-alarm system is armed.
To turn off the engine (START/RUN
position) or vehicle power (ON position), press the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position. When you press the
ENGINE START/STOP button without
the shift lever in the P (Park) position,
the ENGINE START/STOP button will
not change to the OFF position but to
the ACC position.
✽ NOTICE
In an emergency situation while the
vehicle is in motion, you are able to
turn the engine off and to the ACC
position by pressing the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than 2
seconds or 3 times successively within
3 seconds. If the vehicle is still moving, you can restart the engine without depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button with the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
Orange
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the OFF position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The electrical accessories are operational.
If the ENGINE START/STOP button
is in the ACC position for more than
1 hour, the button turns off automatically to prevent battery discharge.
5 6
START/RUN
Blue
Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while it is in the ACC position
without depressing the brake pedal.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. Do not
leave the ENGINE START/STOP
button in the ON position for a long
time. The battery may discharge
because the engine is not running.
Not illuminated
To start the engine, depress the
brake pedal and press the ENGINE
START/ STOP button with the shift
lever in the P (Park) or the N (Neutral)
position. For your safety, start the
engine with the shift lever in the P
(Park) position.
Driving your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• If you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button without depressing
the brake pedal the engine will not
start and the ENGINE START/
STOP button changes as follows:
OFF ➔ ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF
• If you leave the ENGINE START/
STOP button in the ACC or ON
position for a long time, the battery will discharge.
WARNING
Never press the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the vehicle is
in motion. This would result in
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
Starting the engine
WARNING - Proper
footwear
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels,
ski boots, sandals, etc.) may
interfere with your ability to use
the brake and accelerator pedal.
The inability to properly operate
the pedals could result in serious injuries or death.
✽ NOTICE - Kick down switch
If your vehicle is equipped with a kick
down switch in the accelerator pedal,
it prevents you from driving at full
throttle unintentionally by making
the driver require increased effort to
depress the accelerator pedal.
However, if you depress the pedal
more than approximately 80%, the
vehicle can be at full throttle and the
accelerator pedal will be easier to
depress. This is not a malfunction but
a normal condition.
1. Carry the smart key or leave it
inside the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
firmly applied.
3. Place the shift lever in the P (Park)
position.
4. Press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while depressing the brake
pedal.
5. In extremely cold weather (below
0°F / -18°C) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days,
let the engine warm up without
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Whether the engine is cold or warm,
it should be started without depressing the accelerator pedal.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from you, the
engine may not start.
• When the ENGINE START/STOP
button is in the ACC or ON position,
if any door is opened, the system
checks for the smart key. If the smart
key is not in the vehicle, the warning
"Key not in vehicle" will illuminate on
the LCD display. If all doors are
closed, the chime will sound for 5
seconds. The warning will turn off
while the vehicle is moving. Always
have the smart key with you.
The engine will start, only when the
smart key is in the vehicle.
WARNING - Unintended
vehicle
movement
Never leave the smart key in the
vehicle with children or vehicle
occupants who are unfamiliar
with the vehicle operation.
Pushing the ENGINE START/
STOP button while the smart key
is in the vehicle may result in
unintended engine activation
and/or unintended vehicle movement which could result in serious injuries or death.
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button in an
attempt to restart the engine.
5 8
OHG051009A
• If the battery is weak or the smart
key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button
directly with the smart key.
Driving your vehicle
• When the stop lamp fuse is blown,
you cannot start the engine normally. Replace the fuse with a new one.
If you are not able to replace the
fuse, you can start the engine by
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP
button for 10 seconds while the
ENGINE START/STOP button is in
the ACC position. The engine can
start without depressing the brake
pedal. But for your safety always
depress the brake pedal before
starting the engine.
Do not press the ENGINE START/
STOP button for more than 5 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse
is disconnected.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has 6 forward speeds and one reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically, depending on the
position of the shift lever.
Lock release
button
✽ NOTICE - If the battery has
been disconnected
The first few shifts on a new vehicle,
may be somewhat abrupt. This is a
normal condition, and the shifting
sequence will adjust after shifts are
cycled a few times by the TCM
(Transaxle Control Module) or
PCM (Powertrain Control Module).
+ (UP)
- ( D OW N )
Depress the brake pedal and the lock release button when shifting.
Press the lock release button when shifting.
The shift lever can be shifted freely.
OHG051012A
5 10
Driving your vehicle
For smooth operation, depress the
brake pedal when shifting from N
(Neutral) to a forward or reverse gear.
WARNING - Automatic
transaxle
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position; then
set the parking brake fully and
shut the engine off. Always
make sure the shift lever is
latched in the P (Park) position
and set the parking brake fully.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle
movement can occur if these
precautions are not followed,
which could result in serious
injury or death.
CAUTION - Transaxle
• To avoid damage to your
transaxle, do not accelerate
the engine in R (Reverse) or
any forward gear position with
the brakes on.
• The transaxle may be damaged if you shift into P (Park)
while the vehicle is in motion.
When stopped on an upgrade, do not
hold the vehicle with engine power.
Use the service brake or the parking
brake.
Transaxle ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster displays the shift lever position
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park). This
position locks the transaxle and prevents the drive wheels from rotating.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion will cause
the drive wheels to lock which
will cause you to lose control
of the vehicle.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking
brake. Always make sure the
shift lever is latched in the P
(Park) position and set the
parking brake fully.
• Never leave a child unattended in a vehicle.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION - Shifting
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion, except when “Rocking
the Vehicle” explained in this
section.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged. The vehicle will roll freely
even on the slightest incline unless
the parking brake or service brakes
are applied.
D (Drive)
This is the normal forward driving
position. The transaxle will automatically shift through a 6-gear sequence,
providing the best fuel economy and
power.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing grades, depress
the accelerator pedal fully (more than
80%) until the kick down switch works
with a clicking noise, at which time the
transaxle will automatically downshift
to the next lower gear.
5 12
+ (UP)
Sports mode
- ( D OW N )
OHG051014A
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stopped or in
motion, sports mode is selected by
pushing the shift lever from the D
(Drive) position into the manual gate.
To return to D (Drive) range operation, push the shift lever back into the
main gate.
Driving your vehicle
In sports mode, moving the shift
lever backwards and forwards will
allow you to make gearshifts rapidly.
In contrast to a manual transaxle, the
sports mode allows gearshifts with
the accelerator pedal depressed.
Up (+) : Push the lever forward
once to shift up one gear.
Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards
once to shift down one
gear.
✽ NOTICE
• In sports mode, the driver must
execute upshifts in accordance
with road conditions, taking care
to keep the engine speed below the
red zone.
• In sports mode, only the 6 forward
gears can be selected. To reverse
or park the vehicle, move the shift
lever to the R (Reverse) or P
(Park) position as required.
• In sports mode, downshifts are
made automatically when the
vehicle slows down. When the
vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• In sports mode, when the engine
rpm approaches the red zone, shift
points are varied to upshift automatically.
• To maintain the required levels of
vehicle performance and safety,
the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever
is operated.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into
the +(up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
which is better for smooth driving
on a slippery road. Push the shift
lever to the -(down) side to shift
back to the 1st gear.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
Shift lock system
For your safety, the automatic
transaxle has a shift lock system
which prevents shifting the transaxle
from P (Park) into R (Reverse)
unless the brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park)
into R (Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or change the
ignition switch to the ON position.
3. Move the shift lever.
WARNING - Shifting from
park
Always fully depress the brake
pedal before and while shifting
out of the P (Park) position into
another position to avoid inadvertent motion of the vehicle
which could injure persons in
or around the vehicle.
5 14
OHG051082A
Shift-lock override
If the shift lever cannot be moved from
the P (Park) position into R (Reverse)
position with the brake pedal
depressed, continue depressing the
brake pedal, then do the following:
1. Carefully remove the cap (1) covering the shift-lock override access
hole.
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into
the access hole and press down
on the key (or screwdriver).
3. Move the shift lever.
4. Have your vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer
immediately.
Driving your vehicle
Good driving practices
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other
position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P
(Park) when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Slow down before shifting to a
lower gear. Otherwise, the lower
gear may not be engaged.
• Always use the parking brake. Do
not depend on placing the
transaxle in P (Park) to keep the
vehicle from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
the vehicle to go out of control.
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator pedal.
WARNING
• Always buckle-up! In a collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than
a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver oversteers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• Never exceed posted speed
limits.
WARNING
If your vehicle becomes stuck in
snow, mud, sand, etc., then you
may attempt to rock the vehicle
free by moving it forward and
backward. Do not attempt this
procedure if people or objects
are anywhere near the vehicle.
During the rocking operation the
vehicle may suddenly move forward or backward as it becomes
unstuck, causing injury or damage to nearby people or objects.
Moving up a steep grade from a
standing start
To move up a steep grade from a
standing start, depress the brake
pedal, shift the shift lever to D
(Drive). Select the appropriate gear
depending on load weight and steepness of the grade, and release the
parking brake. Depress the accelerator pedal gradually while releasing
the service brakes.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
BRAKE SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
In the event that the power-assisted
brakes lose power because of a stalled
engine or some other reason, you can
still stop your vehicle by applying
greater force to the brake pedal than
you normally would. The stopping distance, however, will be longer.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when
necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
5 16
CAUTION - Brake pedal
Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormally high brake
temperatures which can cause
excessive brake lining and pad
wear.
WARNING - Steep hill
braking
Avoid continuous application of
the brakes when descending a
long or steep hill by shifting to a
lower gear. Continuous brake
application will cause the
brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of
braking performance. Not having braking power could result
in an accident and serious
injuries or death.
Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s
ability to safely slow down; the vehicle may also pull to one side when
the brakes are applied. Applying the
brakes lightly will indicate whether
they have been affected in this way.
To dry the brakes, apply them lightly
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance returns
to normal.
Driving your vehicle
In the event of brake failure
If service brakes fail to operate while
the vehicle is in motion, you can
make an emergency stop with the
parking brake. The stopping distance, however, will be much greater
than normal.
WARNING - Parking brake
Avoid applying the parking
brake to stop the vehicle while it
is moving except in an emergency situation. Applying the
parking brake while the vehicle
is moving at normal speeds can
cause a sudden loss of control
of the vehicle. If you must use
the parking brake to stop the
vehicle, use great caution in
applying the brake.
Disc brakes wear indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high-pitched warning sound from
your front brakes or rear brakes. You
may hear this sound come and go or
it may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Please remember that some driving
conditions or climates may cause a
brake squeal when you first apply (or
lightly apply) the brakes. This is normal and does not indicate a problem
with your brakes.
WARNING - Brake wear
Do not ignore high pitch wear
sounds from your brakes. If you
ignore this audible warning, you
will eventually lose braking performance, which could lead to a
serious accident.
CAUTION - Replace brake
pads
Do not continue to drive with
worn brake pads. Continuing to
drive with worn brake pads can
damage the braking system and
result in costly brake repairs.
Always replace the front or rear
brake pads as pairs.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Parking
OHG051085
OHG051084
Applying the parking brake
To engage the parking brake, first
apply the foot brake and then
depress the parking brake pedal
down as far as possible.
In addition it is recommended that
when parking the vehicle on a
incline, the shift lever should be in
the P (Park) position.
Releasing the parking brake
To release the parking brake, depress
the parking brake pedal a second
time while applying the foot brake.
The pedal will automatically extend to
the fully released position.
If the parking brake does not release
or does not release all the way, have
the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking brake
CAUTION - Parking brake
Driving with the parking brake
applied will cause excessive
brake pad (or lining) and brake
rotor wear.
5 18
brake use
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
• Never allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the parking brake. If the
parking brake is released
unintentionally, serious injury
may occur.
Driving your vehicle
If the brake warning light remains on
after the parking brake is released
while the engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake
system. Immediate attention is necessary. If at all possible, cease driving
the vehicle immediately. If that is not
possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you can
reach a safe location or repair shop.
W-75
Check the brake warning light by
changing the ignition switch to ON
(do not start the engine). This light
will be illuminated when the parking
brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is fully released and the brake
warning light is off.
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS (or ESC) will not prevent accidents due to improper or dangerous
driving maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe
distance between you and objects
ahead. Vehicle speeds should always
be reduced during extreme road conditions.
The vehicle should be driven at
reduced speeds in the following circumstances:
• When driving on rough, gravel or
snow-covered roads.
• When driving with tire chains
installed.
• When driving on roads where the
road surface is pitted or has different surface heights.
Driving in these conditions increases
the stopping distance for your vehicle.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
The ABS continuously senses the
speed of the wheels. If the wheels
are going to lock, the ABS system
repeatedly modulates the hydraulic
brake pressure to the wheels.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the wheels,
you may hear a “tik-tik’’ sound from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal
and it means your ABS is active.
In order to obtain the maximum benefit from your ABS in an emergency
situation, do not attempt to modulate
your brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible or
as hard as the situation warrants and
allow the ABS to control the force
being delivered to the brakes.
5 20
✽ NOTICE
A click sound may be heard in the
engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is
started. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the anti-lock brake
system is functioning properly.
• Even with the anti-lock brake system, your vehicle still requires sufficient stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
• Always slow down when cornering.
The anti-lock brake system cannot
prevent accidents resulting from
excessive speeds.
• On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
W-78
The ABS warning light will stay on for
approximately 3 seconds after the
ignition switch is ON. During that time,
the ABS will go through self-diagnosis
and the light will go off if everything is
normal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS but
your regular brakes will work normally. Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
• When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and have operated your brakes
continuously, the ABS will be active
continuously and the ABS warning
light may illuminate. Pull your vehicle over to a safe place and stop
the engine.
• Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light goes off, then your
ABS is normal. Otherwise, you
may have a problem with the ABS.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the
engine may not run as smoothly and
the ABS warning light may turn on
at the same time. This happens
because of low battery voltage. It
does not mean your ABS has malfunctioned.
• Do not pump your brakes!
• Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
OHG051028A
Electronic stability control
(ESC)
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system is designed to stabilize the vehicle during cornering
maneuvers. ESC checks where you
are steering and where the vehicle is
actually going.
ESC applies the brakes at individual
wheels and intervenes with the
engine management system to stabilize the vehicle.
Electronic stability control (ESC) will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can still result in serious accidents.
Only a safe and attentive driver can
prevent accidents by avoiding maneuvers that cause the vehicle to lose
traction. Even with ESC installed,
always follow all the normal precautions for driving - including driving at
safe speeds for the conditions.
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system is an electronic system designed to help the driver maintain vehicle control under adverse
conditions. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Factors including speed, road conditions and driver steering input can all affect
whether ESC will be effective in preventing a loss of control. It is still your
responsibility to drive and corner at
reasonable speeds and to leave a
sufficient margin of safety.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear a “tik-tik’’
sound from the brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means
your ESC is active.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
• When the ignition is turned
ON, ESC and ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for
approximately 3 seconds,
then ESC is turned on.
• Press the ESC OFF button after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off.
(ESC OFF indicator will
illuminate). To turn the
ESC on, press the ESC
OFF button (ESC OFF
indicator light will go off).
• When starting the engine,
you may hear a slight ticking sound. This is the ESC
performing an automatic
system self-check and does
not indicate a problem.
5 22
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks.
• When the Electronic
Stability Control is operating properly, you can feel a
slight pulsation in the vehicle. This is only the effect
of driving on a brake control and indicates nothing
unusual.
• When moving out of mud
or driving on a slippery
road, depressing the accelerator pedal may not cause
the rpm (revolutions per
minute) to increase. This is
to maintain the stability of
the vehicle and is a normal
condition.
ESC operation off
ESC OFF state
• To cancel ESC operation,
press the ESC OFF button
(ESC OFF indicator light
illuminates).
• If the ignition switch is
changed to the OFF position when ESC is off, ESC
remains off. Upon restarting the engine, the ESC will
automatically turn on again.
Driving your vehicle
■ ESC indicator light
■ ESC OFF indicator light
WARNING - Electronic
stability
control
Drive carefully even though your
vehicle has Electronic Stability
Control. It can only assist you in
maintaining control under certain circumstances.
ESC OFF usage
When driving
• It’s a good idea to keep the ESC
turned on for daily driving whenever possible.
• To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving
on a flat road surface.
WARNING - Operating
Indicator light
When ignition switch is turned ON,
the indicator light illuminates, then
goes off if the ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates
when ESC fails to operate. The ESC
indicator stays on when the ESC may
have a malfunction. Take your vehicle
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
and have the system checked.
ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the
button.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system
to malfunction. When replacing
tires, make sure they are the
same size as your original tires.
Never operate the vehicle with
different diameter tires installed
at the same time.
ESC
Never press the ESC OFF button while ESC is operating (ESC
indicator light blinks).
If ESC is turned off while ESC is
operating, the vehicle may slip
out of control.
✽ NOTICE
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure that the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
• Turning the ESC off does not affect
ABS or brake system operation.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle stability management
(VSM)
This system provides further
enhancements to vehicle stability and
steering responses when a vehicle is
driven on a slippery road or a vehicle
detects changes in coefficient of friction between right wheels and left
wheels when braking.
VSM operation
When the VSM is operating:
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
light will blink.
• The steering wheel may be controlled.
When the vehicle stability management is operating properly, you can
feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle.
This is only the effect of brake control
and indicates nothing unusual.
5 24
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on banked roads such as
gradients or inclines
• Driving rearward
• ESC OFF indicator light ( )
remains illuminated on the instrument cluster
• EPS (Electronic Power Steering)
indicator light remains illuminated
on the instrument cluster
VSM operation off
If you press the ESC OFF button to
turn off the ESC, the VSM will also
cancel and the ESC OFF indicator
light ( ) will illuminate.
To turn on the VSM, press the button
again. The ESC OFF indicator light
goes out.
Malfunction indicator
The VSM can be deactivated even if
you do not cancel the VSM operation
by pressing the ESC OFF button. It
indicates that a malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the
EPS (Electronic Power Steering)
system or VSM system. If the ESC
indicator light ( ) or EPS warning
light remains on, take your vehicle to
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 9 mph (15
km/h) on curves.
• The VSM is designed to function
above approximately 18 mph (30
km/h) when a vehicle is driving or
braking on a road with different grip
under the individual wheels, such as
having one or more tires on ice or
mud and the others on dry asphalt.
• The VSM system is not a substitute
for safe driving practices but a supplementary function only. It is the
responsibility of the driver to always
check the speed and the distance to
the vehicle ahead. Always hold the
steering wheel firmly while driving.
Driving your vehicle
• Your vehicle is designed to activate
according to the driver’s intention,
even with the VSM installed. Always
follow all the normal precautions for
driving at safe speeds for the conditions – including driving in inclement
weather and on a slippery road.
WARNING - Tire/wheel
sizes
When replacing tires and wheels,
make sure they are the same size
as the original tires and wheels
installed. Driving with varying
tire or wheel sizes may diminish
any supplemental safety benefits
of the VSM system.
Hill-start assist control (HAC)
The main intent is to prevent the
vehicle from rolling backwards while
driving uphill on an inclined surface.
HAC holds the braking pressure built
up by the driver when the vehicle is
stopped for 2 seconds after releasing
the brake pedal.
During the pressure-hold period, the
driver has enough time to depress
the accelerator pedal to drive off.
The braking pressure is reduced as
soon as the system detects the driver’s intention to drive off.
• The HAC does not operate when
the transaxle shift lever is in the P
(Park) or N (Neutral) position.
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC is off but it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
WARNING - Rolling
backward
Drivers should pay close attention when activating the HAC.
The vehicle may roll backward
causing an accident due to
insufficient brake hold pressure,
causing injury or death.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
Good braking practices
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
or parking, always set the
parking brake as far as possible and fully engage the vehicle's transaxle into the P (Park)
position. Vehicles not fully
engaged in P (Park) with the
parking brake set are at risk for
moving inadvertently and
injuring yourself or others.
• All vehicles should always
have the parking brake fully
engaged when parking to
avoid inadvertent movement
of the vehicle which can injure
occupants or pedestrians.
5 26
• Check to be sure the parking brake
is not engaged and that the parking brake indicator light is out
before driving away.
• Driving through water may get the
brakes wet. They can also get wet
when the car is washed. Wet brakes
can be dangerous! Your vehicle will
not stop as quickly if the brakes are
wet. Wet brakes may cause the
vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action
returns to normal, taking care to
keep the vehicle under control at
all times. If the braking action does
not return to normal, stop as soon
as it is safe to do so and call an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
assistance.
• Do not coast down hills with the
vehicle out of gear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the vehicle in
gear at all times, use the brakes to
slow down, then shift to a lower
gear so that engine braking will
help you maintain a safe speed.
• Do not "ride" the brake pedal.
Resting your foot on the brake
pedal while driving can be dangerous because the brakes might
overheat and lose their effectiveness. It also increases the wear of
the brake components.
• If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe place.
Driving your vehicle
• If your vehicle is equipped with an
automatic transaxle, do not let your
vehicle creep forward. To avoid
creeping forward, keep your foot
firmly on the brake pedal when the
vehicle is stopped.
• Be cautious when parking on a hill.
Firmly engage the parking brake
and place the shift lever in P
(Park). If your vehicle is facing
downhill, turn the front wheels into
the curb to help keep the vehicle
from rolling. If your vehicle is facing
uphill, turn the front wheels away
from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling. If there is no curb
or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from
rolling, block the wheels.
• Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation
of snow or ice around or near the
rear brakes or if the brakes are wet.
If there is a risk that the parking
brake may freeze, apply it only temporarily while you put the shift lever
in P (Park) and block the rear
wheels so the vehicle cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
• Do not hold the vehicle on the
upgrade with the accelerator
pedal. This can cause the transaxle
to overheat. Always use the brake
pedal or parking brake.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
OHG050032
➀ Cruise indicator
➁ SET indicator
The cruise control system allows you
to program the vehicle to maintain a
constant speed without depressing
the accelerator pedal.
This system is designed to function
above approximately 25 mph.
5 28
• If the cruise control is left on
(CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster illuminated), the
cruise control can be switched on
accidentally. Keep the cruise control system off (CRUISE indicator
light OFF) when the cruise control
is not in use, to avoid inadvertently
setting a speed.
• Use the cruise control system only
when traveling on open highways
in good weather.
• Do not use the cruise control when
driving in heavy or varying traffic,
or on slippery (rainy, icy or snowcovered) or winding roads or over
6% up-hill or down-hill roads.
✽ NOTICE
• During normal cruise control operation, when the SET switch is activated or reactivated after applying
the brakes, the cruise control will
energize after approximately 3 seconds. This delay is normal.
• To activate cruise control, depress
the brake pedal at least once after
turning the ignition switch to the ON
position or starting the engine. This
is to check if the brake switch which
is important part to cancel cruise
control is in normal condition.
WARNING - Misuse of
cruise control
Do not use cruise control if the
traffic situation does not allow
you to drive safely at a constant
speed and with sufficient distance to the vehicle in front.
Driving your vehicle
OHG051033A
To set cruise control speed:
1. Push the CRUISE button on the
steering wheel to turn the system
on.The CRUISE indicator light in the
instrument cluster will illuminate.
2. Accelerate to the desired speed,
which must be more than 25 mph.
OHG051035A
3. Push the SET- switch, and release it
at the desired speed. The SET indicator light in the instrument cluster
will illuminate. Release the accelerator pedal. The desired speed will
automatically be maintained.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
OHG051034A
To increase cruise control set
speed:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the RES+ switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will accelerate. Release
the switch at the speed you want.
• Push the RES+ switch and release
it immediately. The cruising speed
will increase by 1.0 mph each time
the RES+ switch is operated in this
manner.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
To temporarily accelerate with
the cruise control on:
OHG051035A
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the cruise control is on, depress
the accelerator pedal. Increased speed
will not interfere with cruise control
operation or change the set speed.
To return to the set speed, take your
foot off the accelerator pedal.
If you press the SET- switch at
increased speed, the cruising speed
will be set again.
OHG051036A
To decrease cruise control set
speed:
To cancel cruise control, do
one of the following:
Follow either of these procedures:
• Push the SET- switch and hold it.
Your vehicle will gradually slow
down. Release the switch at the
speed you want to maintain.
• Push the SET- switch and release
it immediately. The cruising speed
will decrease by 1.0 mph each time
the SET- switch is operated in this
manner.
• Depress the brake pedal.
• Shift into N (Neutral) with an automatic transaxle.
• Press the CANCEL switch located
on the steering wheel.
• Decrease the vehicle speed lower
than the memory speed by 9 mph.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to less
than approximately 25 mph.
5 30
Driving your vehicle
Each of these actions will cancel
cruise control operation (the SET
indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off), but it will not turn the
system off. If you wish to resume
cruise control operation, push the
RES+ switch located on your steering wheel. You will return to your previously preset speed.
OHG051034A
To resume cruising speed at
more than approximately 25
mph:
If any method other than the CRUISE
switch was used to cancel cruising
speed and the system is still activated, the most recent set speed will
automatically resume when the
RES+ switch is pushed.
It will not resume, however, if the
vehicle speed has dropped below
approximately 25 mph.
OHG051033A
To turn cruise control off, do
one of the following:
• Push the CRUISE button (the
CRUISE indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off).
• Turn the ignition off.
Both of these actions cancel cruise
control operation. If you want to
resume cruise control operation,
repeat the steps provided in “To set
cruise control speed” on the previous
page.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
ACTIVE ECO SYSTEM
OHG051070A
Active ECO operation
Active ECO helps improve fuel efficiency by controlling certain engine
and transaxle system operating
parameters. Fuel efficiency depends
on the driver's driving habit and road
condition.
5 32
• When the Active ECO button is
pressed the ECO indicator (green)
will illuminate to show that the
Active ECO is operating.
• When the Active ECO is activated,
it will remain on until the Active
ECO button is pressed again.
Active ECO does not turn off when
the engine is restarted. To turn off
Active ECO, press the Active ECO
button again.
• If Active ECO is turned off, the system will return to normal mode.
Limitation of Active ECO operation:
If the following conditions occur while
Active ECO is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low: The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill: The system
will be limited to gain power when
driving uphill because the engine
torque is restricted.
• When using sports mode: The system will be limited according to the
shift location.
• When the accelerator pedal is
deeply depressed for a few seconds: The system will be limited,
judging that the driver wants to
speed up.
Driving your vehicle
ECONOMICAL OPERATION
Your vehicle's fuel economy depends
mainly on your style of driving, where
you drive and when you drive.
Each of these factors affects how
many miles you can get from a gallon
of fuel. To operate your vehicle as
economically as possible, use the
following driving suggestions to help
save money in both fuel and repairs:
• Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a
moderate rate. Don't make "jackrabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts
and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try to adjust your speed to
that of the other traffic so you don't
have to change speeds unnecessarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever
possible. Always maintain a safe
distance from other vehicles so
you can avoid unnecessary braking. This also reduces brake wear.
• Drive at a moderate speed. The
faster you drive, the more fuel your
vehicle uses. Driving at a moderate
speed, especially on the highway,
is one of the most effective ways to
reduce fuel consumption.
• Do not "ride" the brake pedal. This
can increase fuel consumption and
also increase wear on these components. In addition, driving with your
foot resting on the brake pedal may
cause the brakes to overheat, which
reduces their effectiveness and may
lead to more serious consequences.
• Take care of your tires. Keep them
inflated to the recommended pressure. Incorrect inflation, either too
much or too little, results in unnecessary tire wear. Check the tire
pressures at least once a month.
• Be sure that the wheels are
aligned correctly. Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs
or driving too fast over irregular
surfaces. Poor alignment causes
faster tire wear and may also result
in other problems as well as
greater fuel consumption.
• Keep your vehicle in good condition.
For better fuel economy and reduced
maintenance costs, maintain your
vehicle in accordance with the maintenance schedule in section 7. If you
drive your vehicle in severe conditions, more frequent maintenance is
required (see section 7 for details).
• Keep your vehicle clean. For maximum service, your vehicle should be
kept clean and free of corrosive
materials. It is especially important
that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed
to accumulate on the underside of
the vehicle. This extra weight can
result in increased fuel consumption
and also contribute to corrosion.
• Travel lightly. Do not carry unnecessary weight in your vehicle.
Weight reduces fuel economy.
• Do not let the engine idle longer
than necessary. If you are waiting
(and not in traffic), turn off your
engine and restart only when
you're ready to go.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
• Remember, your vehicle does not
require extended warm-up. After
the engine has started, allow the
engine to run for 10 to 20 seconds
prior to placing the vehicle in gear.
In very cold weather, however, give
your engine a slightly longer warmup period.
• Do not "lug" or "over-rev" the
engine. Lugging is driving very
slowly in too high a gear resulting
in engine bucking. If this happens,
shift to a lower gear. Over-revving
is racing the engine beyond its safe
limit. This can be avoided by shifting at the recommended speeds.
• Use your air conditioning sparingly.
The air conditioning system is
operated by engine power so your
fuel economy is reduced when you
use it.
• Open windows at high speeds can
reduce fuel economy.
• Fuel economy is less in crosswinds
and headwinds. To help offset
some of this loss, slow down when
driving in these conditions.
5 34
Keeping a vehicle in good operating
condition is important both for economy and safety. Therefore, have an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer perform
scheduled inspections and maintenance.
WARNING - Engine off
during motion
Never turn the engine off to
coast down hills or anytime the
vehicle is in motion. The power
steering and power brakes will
not function properly without
the engine running which could
cause serious injury or death.
Keep the engine on and downshift to an appropriate gear for
engine braking effect.
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
When hazardous driving conditions
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud, sand, or similar hazards, follow these suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and allow extra
distance for braking.
• Avoid sudden movements in braking or steering.
• Do not pump the brake pedal on a
vehicle equipped with ABS.
• If stalled in snow, mud, or sand, use
second gear. Accelerate slowly to
avoid spinning the drive wheels.
• Use sand, rock salt, tire chains, or
other non-slip material under the
drive wheels to provide traction
when stalled in ice, snow, or mud.
• Leave the ESC system on for best
traction when attempting to get
vehicle unstuck.
WARNING - Downshifting
Do not downshift with an automatic transaxle while driving on
slippery surfaces. The sudden
change in tire speed could cause
the tires to skid and result in an
accident.
Rocking the vehicle
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and any
forward gear in vehicles equipped
with an automatic transaxle. Do not
race the engine, and spin the wheels
as little as possible. If you are still
stuck after a few tries, have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to
avoid engine overheating and possible damage to the transaxle.
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
CAUTION - Vehicle rocking
Prolonged rocking may cause
engine overheating, transaxle
damage or failure, and tire damage.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
WARNING - Spinning tires
Do not spin the wheels, especially at speeds more than 35
mph (56 km/h). Spinning the
wheels at high speeds when the
vehicle is stopped could cause
a tire to overheat which could
result in tire damage that may
injure bystanders.
OBH058035L
WARNING - Sudden
vehicle
movement
Do not attempt to rock the vehicle if people or objects are nearby. The vehicle may suddenly
move forward or backwards as
it becomes unstuck.
✽ NOTICE
The ESC system should be turned
OFF prior to rocking the vehicle.
5 36
OMC035004
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration. If
you follow these suggestions, tire
wear will be held to a minimum.
Because night driving presents more
hazards than driving in the daylight,
here are some important tips to
remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as
it may be more difficult to see at
night, especially in areas where
there may not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlights.
Driving your vehicle
• Keep your headlights clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlights will make it much
more difficult to see at night.
Headlight operation when using
windshield wipers is mandatory in
some states.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Driving in the rain
Driving in flooded areas
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous, especially if you are not
prepared for the slick pavement.
Here are a few things to consider
when driving in the rain:
• A heavy rainfall will make it harder
to see and will increase the distance needed to stop your vehicle,
so slow down.
• Keep your windshield wiping
equipment in good shape. Replace
your windshield wiper blades when
they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
• If your tires are not in good condition, making a quick stop on wet
pavement can cause a skid and
possibly lead to an accident. Be
sure your tires are in good shape.
• Turn on your headlights to make it
easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe you may have gotten
your brakes wet, apply them lightly
while driving until normal braking
operation returns.
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
affected.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Driving off-road
Drive carefully off-road because your
vehicle may be damaged by rocks or
roots of trees. Become familiar with
the off-road conditions where you
are going to drive before you begin
driving.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
Highway driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation pressures to
specification. Low tire inflation pressures will result in overheating and
possible failure of the tires.
Avoid using worn or damaged tires
which may result in reduced traction
or tire failure.
Never exceed the maximum tire
inflation pressure shown on the tires.
WARNING - Under/over
inflated tires
Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving.
Underinflated or overinflated
tires can cause poor handling,
loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire failure leading to accidents, injuries, and even death.
For proper tire pressures, refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
WARNING - Tire tread
Always check the tire tread
before driving your vehicle.
Worn-out tires can result in loss
of vehicle control, accidents,
injuries, and even death. Wornout tires should be replaced as
soon as possible. For further
information and tread limits,
refer to "Tires and wheels" in
section 7.
5 38
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
High speed travel consumes more
fuel than urban motoring. Do not forget to check both engine coolant and
engine oil.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
Snowy or icy conditions
1JBB3305
Severe weather conditions in the winter result in greater wear and other
problems. To minimize the risks of
winter driving, you should follow
these suggestions:
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size
and type of the original equipment
tires. Failure to do so may adversely
affect the safety and handling of your
vehicle. Furthermore, speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur. You
need to keep sufficient distance
between the vehicle in operation in
front and your vehicle. Also, apply
the brake gently. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the tire
will provide a greater driving force,
but will not prevent side skids.
✽ NOTICE
Tire chains are not legal in all states.
Check state laws before fitting tire
chains.
Snow tires
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure they are radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
Keep in mind that the traction provided by snow tires on dry roads may
not be as high as your vehicle's original equipment tires. You should drive
cautiously even when the roads are
clear. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
WARNING - Snow tire
sized
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle's
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your vehicle may be adversely affected.
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
When using tire chains, install them
on the front tires only.
1JBA4068
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner, they can be damaged by
mounting some types of snow chains
on them. Therefore, the use of snow
tires is recommended instead of
snow chains. Do not mount tire
chains on vehicles equipped with
aluminum wheels; snow chains may
cause damage to the wheels. If snow
chains must be used, use wire-type
chains with a thickness of less than
0.47 in. Damage to your vehicle
caused by improper snow chain use
is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer's warranty.
5 40
CAUTION - Snow chains
Make sure the snow chains are
the correct size and type for
your tires. Incorrect snow chains
can cause damage to the vehicle
body and suspension and may
not be covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
• The snow chain connecting hooks
may be damaged from contacting
vehicle components causing the
snow chains to come loose from
the tire. Make sure the snow chains
are SAE class “S” certified.
• Always check chain installation for
proper mounting after driving
approximately 0.3 to 0.6 miles to
ensure safe mounting. Retighten or
remount the chains if they are
loose.
Chain installation
When installing chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and
mount them as tightly as you can.
Drive slowly with chains installed. If
you hear the chains contacting the
body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until it stops. Remove the
chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
WARNING - Mounting
chains
When mounting snow chains,
park the vehicle on level ground
away from traffic. Turn on the
vehicle Hazard Warning flashers
and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the
vehicle if available. Always place
the vehicle in P (Park), apply the
parking brake and turn off the
engine before installing snow
chains.
Driving your vehicle
• The use of chains may adversely
affect vehicle handling.
• Do not exceed 20 mph or the
chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other road
hazards, which may cause the
vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked-wheel
braking.
CAUTION - Snow chains
• Chains that are the wrong size
or improperly installed can
damage your vehicle's brake
lines, suspension, body and
wheels.
• Stop driving and retighten the
chains any time you hear them
hitting the vehicle.
Use high quality ethylene glycol coolant
Change to "winter weight" oil
if necessary
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in section 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
section 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Check spark plugs and ignition system
Inspect your spark plugs as described
in section 7 and replace them if necessary. Also check all ignition wiring
and components to be sure they are
not cracked, worn or damaged in any
way.
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in section 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
service station.
5 41
Driving your vehicle
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
5 42
Don't let your parking brake
freeze
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If there
is a risk the parking brake may freeze,
apply it only temporarily while you put
the shift lever in P (Park) and block
the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot
roll. Then release the parking brake.
Don't let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
vehicle to be sure the movement of
the front wheels and the steering
components is not obstructed.
Carry emergency equipment
Depending on the severity of the
weather where you drive your vehicle,
you should carry appropriate emergency equipment. Some of the items
you may want to carry include tire
chains, tow straps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares, sand, shovel,
jumper cables, window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Vehicle capacity weight:
904 lbs. (410 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
■ Type A
OHG051083A
■ Type B
Seating capacity:
Total : 5 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 3 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
OHG051084A
Tire and loading information
label
The label located on the driver's door
sill gives the original tire size, cold
tire pressures recommended for your
vehicle, the number of people that
can be in your vehicle and vehicle
capacity weight.
5 43
Driving your vehicle
Towing capacity:
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
Cargo capacity:
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5 44
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs.'' on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult
this manual to determine how this
reduces the available cargo and
luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Example 1
A
Example 2
B
C
A
Example 3
B
C190F01JM
Item
A
B
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 2
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
A
B
C190F02JM
Item
A
300 lbs
(136 kg)
B
549 lbs
(249 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
150 lbs (68 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
C
C190F03JM
Item
A
750 lbs
(340 kg)
B
99 lbs
(45 kg)
C
Description
Vehicle Capacity
Weight
Subtract Occupant
Weight
161 lbs (73 kg) × 5
Available Cargo and
Luggage weight
Total
849 lbs
(385 kg)
805 lbs
(365 kg)
44 lbs
(20 kg)
Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information label for specific information about your vehicle's capacity weight
and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers and cargo should never exceed your vehicle's
capacity weight.
5 45
Driving your vehicle
To find out the actual loads on your
front and rear axles, you need to go to
a weigh station and weigh your vehicle. Your dealer can help you with this.
Be sure to spread out your load equally on both sides of the centerline.
WARNING - Overloading
OEN056020
Certification label
The certification label is located on
the driver's door sill at the center pillar.
This label shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5 46
Never exceed the GVWR for your
vehicle, the GAWR for either the
front or rear axle and vehicle
capacity weight. Exceeding
these ratings can affect your
vehicle’s handling and braking
ability, and cause an accident.
The label will help you decide how
much cargo and installed equipment
your vehicle can carry.
If you carry items inside your vehicle like suitcases, tools, packages, or
anything else - they are moving as
fast as the vehicle. If you have to stop
or turn quickly, or if there is a crash,
the items will keep going and can
cause an injury if they strike the driver or a passenger.
WARNING - Overloading
Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your vehicle's tires and possible tire failure,
increased stopping distances and
poor vehicle handling-all of which
may result in a crash.
CAUTION
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would
not be covered by your warranty. Do not overload your vehicle.
WARNING - Loose cargo
Do not travel with unsecured
objects in the passenger compartment of your vehicle (e.g.
suit cases or unsecured child
seats). These items may strike
and injure occupants during a
sudden stop or crash.
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
This section will guide you in the
proper loading of your vehicle, to
keep your loaded vehicle weight
within its design rating capability.
Properly loading your vehicle will
provide maximum return of the vehicle design performance. Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself
with the following terms for determining your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications and
the certification label:
Cargo weight
Base curb weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the certification label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
Vehicle curb weight
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GAW (Gross axle weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight
rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the certification label
located on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) door sill.
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)
5 47
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
We do not recommend using this
vehicle for trailer towing.
5 48
What to do in an emergency
Road warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
In case of an emergency while driving. . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing . . . . . 6-3
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
If the engine does not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
• If engine dose not turn over or turns over slowly . . 6-4
• If engine turns over normally but does not start . . . 6-4
Emergency starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
• Push-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
If the engine overheats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) . . . . . . . 6-8
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
• Removable towing hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
• Tie-down hook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
Press the flasher switch with the ignition switch in any position. The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OHG040109
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as
a warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
What to do in an emergency
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing
If you have a flat tire while
driving
If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow
down while driving straight ahead.
Do not apply the brakes immediately or attempt to pull off the road
as this may cause a loss of control. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do
so, brake carefully and pull off the
road. Drive off the road as far as
possible and park on a firm level
ground. If you are on a divided
highway, do not park in the median
area between the two traffic lanes.
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn
on your emergency hazard flashers, set the parking brake and put
the transaxle in P (Park).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow
the instruction provided later in
this section.
If engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your emergency flashers.
3. Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
If engine does not turn over or
turns over slowly
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is
in N (Neutral) or P (Park) and the
emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to
be sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. See instructions for "Jump
starting".
6 4
WARNING - Push/pull
start
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. Push or pull starting may
cause the catalytic converter to
overload and create a fire hazard.
If engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. Check fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the OFF
position, check all connectors at
the ignition coils and spark plugs.
Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine
compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start,
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or seek other qualified assistance.
What to do in an emergency
EMERGENCY STARTING
Jump starting
■ Engine compartment
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Therefore, to avoid
harm to yourself or damage to your
vehicle or battery, follow the jump
starting procedures. If in doubt, we
strongly recommend that you have a
competent technician or towing service jump start your vehicle.
1VQA4001
Connect cables in numerical order
and disconnect in reverse order.
➀ Positive (+) battery terminal on
your vehicle
➁ Positive (+) battery terminal on
the booster battery
➂ Negative (-) battery terminal on
the booster battery
➃ Negative (-) battery terminal on
your vehicle
CAUTION - 12 volt
battery
Use only a 12-volt jumper system. You can damage a 12-volt
starting motor, ignition system,
and other electrical parts
beyond repair by use of a 24volt power supply (either two
12-volt batteries in series or a
24-volt motor generator set).
WARNING - Battery
Never attempt to check the electrolyte level of the battery as this
may cause the battery to rupture
or explode causing serious
injury.
WARNING - Frozen
batteries
Do not attempt to jump start the
vehicle if the discharged battery
is frozen or if the electrolyte level
is low as the battery may rupture
or explode causing serious
injury.
WARNING - Battery
Keep all flames or sparks away
from the battery. The battery
produces hydrogen gas which
will explode if exposed to flame
or sparks causing serious
injury.
WARNING - Sulfuric acid
risk
When jump starting your vehicle
be careful not to get acid on
yourself, your clothing or on the
vehicle. Automobile batteries
contain sulfuric acid. This is poisonous and highly corrosive.
6 5
What to do in an emergency
Jump starting procedure
1. Make sure the booster battery is
12-volt and that its negative terminal is grounded.
2. If the booster battery is in another
vehicle, do not allow the vehicles
to touch.
3. Turn off all unnecessary electrical
loads.
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration.
➀ Connect one end of a jumper
cable to the positive terminal of
the jump start connector (1).
➁ Connect the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery (2).
➂ Connect one end of the other
jumper cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery (3).
➃ Connect the other end to the
negative terminal of the jump
start connector (4). Do not connect it to or near any part that
moves when the engine is
cranked.
6 6
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct
battery terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the battery
when making connections.
CAUTION - Battery cables
Do not connect the jumper cable
from the negative terminal of the
booster battery to the negative
terminal of the discharged battery. This can cause the discharged battery to overheat and
crack, releasing battery acid.
5. Start the engine of the vehicle with
the booster battery and let it run at
2,000 rpm, then start the engine of
the vehicle with the discharged
battery.
6. Once the engine has started, carefully remove the jumper cables in
the reverse order of attachment.
If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, you should have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Push-starting
Vehicles equipped with automatic
transaxle cannot be push-started.
Follow the directions in this section
for jump-starting.
WARNING - Tow starting
vehicle
Never tow a vehicle to start it
because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts
could cause a collision with the
tow vehicle and result in serious injuries.
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine is probably too
hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (Park)
and set the parking brake. If the air
conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running
or the steaming has stopped. If
there is no visible loss of engine
coolant and no steam, leave the
engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is
operating. If the fan is not running,
turn the engine off.
4. Check to see if the water pump
drive belt is missing. If it is not
missing, check to see that it is
tight. If the drive belt seems to be
satisfactory, check for coolant
leaking from the radiator, hoses or
under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining
from it when you stop).
WARNING - Under the
hood
While the engine is running,
keep hair, hands and clothing
away from moving parts such
as the fan and drive belts to prevent injury.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking
out, stop the engine immediately
and call the nearest authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This may
result in coolant being blown out
of the opening and cause serious
burns.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and this should be checked as soon
as possible by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
OHG060001
OHG041083A
(1) Low tire pressure telltale /
TPMS malfunction indicator
(2) Low tire pressure position telltale
(Shown on the LCD display)
6 8
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle
manufacturer on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label. (If your
vehicle has tires of a different size than
the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and
may affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance,
and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if
under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the
TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to
detect or signal low tire pressure as
intended.
What to do in an emergency
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a
variety of reasons, including the
installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle
that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the
TPMS malfunction telltale after
replacing one or more tires or wheels
on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and
wheels allow the TPMS to continue
to function properly.
✽ NOTICE
Take your vehicle to the nearest
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
have the system checked if any of
the below happens:
1.The low tire pressure telltale/
TPMS malfunction indicator and
low tire pressure position telltale
do not illuminate.
2.The TPMS malfunction indicator
remains illuminated after blinking
for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low tire pressure position
telltale remains illuminated.
Low tire pressure
telltale
Low tire pressure
position telltale
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated, one or more of your tires is
significantly under-inflated. The low
tire pressure position telltale light will
indicate which tire is significantly
under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light.
If either telltale illuminates, immediately reduce your speed, avoid hard
cornering and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s
placard or tire inflation pressure label
located on the driver’s side center pillar outer panel. If you cannot reach a
service station or if the tire cannot
hold the newly added air, replace the
low pressure tire with a spare tire.
After restarting with the spare tire, the
TPMS malfunction indicator and low
tire pressure position telltale light will
remain on about 20 minutes of continuous driving, then the TPMS malfunction indicator will blink for approximately 1 minute but the low tire pressure position telltale light will turn off.
✽ NOTICE
The compact spare tire is not
equipped with a tire pressure sensor.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
In winter or cold weather, the
low tire pressure telltale may be
illuminated if the tire pressure
was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased temperature leads to a proportional
lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
6 10
WARNING Low pressure damage
Do not drive on low pressure
tires. Significantly low tire pressure can cause the tires to overheat and fail making the vehicle
unstable resulting in increased
braking distances and a loss of
vehicle control.
TPMS (Tire Pressure
Monitoring System)
malfunction indicator
The TPMS malfunction indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System. If the system is
able to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time as system failure then the TPMS malfunction
indicator remains illuminated after
blinking for approximately 1 minute and
the low tire pressure position telltale
will illuminate. For example, if Front Left
sensor fails, the TPMS malfunction
indicator remains illuminated after
blinking for approximately 1 minute, but
if the Front Right, Rear Left, or Rear
Right tire is under-inflated, the low tire
pressure position telltales may illuminate together with the TPMS malfunction indicator. Have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible to determine the cause of the problem.
What to do in an emergency
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may blink for approximately 1
minute and then remain continuously illuminated if the vehicle is
moving around electric power supply cables or radios transmitter
such as at police stations, government and public offices, broadcasting stations, military installations,
airports, or transmitting towers,
etc. This can interfere with normal
operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
• The TPMS malfunction indicator
may blink for approximately 1
minute and then remain continuously illuminated if snow chains are
used or some separate electronic
devices such as notebook computer, mobile charger, remote starter
or navigation etc., are used in the
vehicle. This can interfere with normal operation of the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS).
Changing a tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the low Tire
Pressure and Position telltales will
come on. Have the flat tire repaired
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible or replace the
flat tire with the spare tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by HYUNDAI
to repair and/or inflate a low
pressure tire. The tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI may
damage the tire pressure sensor. The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel shall be
eliminated when you replace the
tire with a new one.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem. You must
use TPMS specific wheels. It is recommended that you always have your
tires serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
After you replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire, the TPMS
malfunction indicator may blink for
approximately 1 minute and then
remain continuously illuminated
because the TPMS sensor is not
mounted on the spare wheel.
Once the low pressure tire is reinflated to the recommended pressure
and installed on the vehicle is initiated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer, the TPMS malfunction indicator
and the low tire pressure and position telltales will turn off within a few
minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not go off after a
few minutes of driving, please visit
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6 11
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a low tire
by simply looking at it. Always use a
good quality tire pressure gauge to
measure the tire's inflation pressure.
Please note that a tire that is hot
(from being driven) will have a higher
pressure measurement than a tire
that is cold (from sitting stationary for
at least 3 hours and driven less than
1 mile during that 3 hour period).
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile in that 3 hour period.
CAUTION
Do not use any tire sealant if your
vehicle is equipped with a Tire
Pressure Monitoring System. The
liquid sealant can damage the
tire pressure sensors.
6 12
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage
caused by external factors such as
nails or road debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability,
immediately take your foot off the
accelerator, apply the brakes gradually and with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the road.
CAUTION
Tampering with, modifying or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components may interfere with the
system's ability to warn the driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions.
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS) components may void the warranty
for that portion of the vehicle.
This device complies with Part
15 of the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority
to operate the equipment.
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
WARNING - Changing
OHG061021A
Jack and tools
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench are stored in the luggage
compartment. Pull up the luggage
box cover to reach this equipment.
(1) Jack handle
(2) Jack
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
tires
Never attempt vehicle repairs in
the traffic lanes of a public road
or highway. Doing so could
result in serious injuries or
death.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto the shoulder
before trying to change a tire. The
jack should be used on a firm level
ground. If you cannot find a firm
level place off the road, call a towing
service company for assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct front and
rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never use the bumpers or any
other part of the vehicle for jacking
support.
WARNING - Jack
Do not place any portion of your
body under a vehicle that is only
supported by a jack since the
vehicle can easily roll off the jack
causing serious injury or death.
Use vehicle support stands.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
• Do not allow anyone to remain in
the vehicle while it is on the jack.
• Make sure any children present
are in a secure place away from
the road and from the vehicle to be
raised with the jack.
Close
Open
WARNING
- Running vehicle on jack
Do not start or run the engine of
the vehicle while the vehicle is
on the jack as this may cause
the vehicle to fall off the jack
resulting in serious injury or
death.
6 14
ONF068004
Removing and storing the
spare tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
OBH068002L
Changing tires
1. Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in P
(Park).
3. Activate the hazard warning flasher.
What to do in an emergency
■ Type A
OHG060004
OHG061012A
OHG061014A
4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of the
wheel that is diagonally opposite
from the jack position.
6. Insert the jack handle into the
groove of the wheel cap and gently pry up the cap. (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always set
the parking brake fully, and
always block the wheel diagonally
opposite the wheel being changed.
• We recommend that the wheels of
the vehicle be blocked, and that no
person remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
■ Type B
OHG061013A
7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
OHG061011A
OHG060006
8. Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack
at the designated locations under
the frame. The jacking positions
are plates welded to the frame
with two tabs and a raised dot to
index with the jack.
9. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire just clears the
ground. This measurement is
approximately 1.2 in. (30 mm).
Before removing the wheel lug
nuts, make sure the vehicle is stable and that there is no chance for
movement or slippage.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 16
10. Loosen the wheel nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the
wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip the wheel slightly and get
the top hole in the wheel lined up
with the top stud. Then jiggle the
wheel back and forth until the
wheel can slide over the other
studs.
Wheels may have sharp edges.
Handle them carefully to avoid possible injury. Before putting the wheel
into place, be sure that there is nothing on the hub or wheel (such as
mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that prevents
with the wheel from fitting solidly
against the hub.
What to do in an emergency
shown in the image until they are all
tight. Then double-check each nut for
tightness. After changing wheels, have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the wheel nuts to their proper
torque as soon as possible.
■ Type A
WARNING - Installing a
wheel
Make sure the wheel makes
good contact with the hub when
installed. If the contact of the
mounting surface between the
wheel and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle,
serious injury or death.
11. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. The nuts should be installed
with their tappered small diameter ends directed inward. Jiggle
the tire to be sure it is completely
seated, then tighten the nuts as
much as possible with your fingers again.
12. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
Wheel nut tightening torque:
65~79 lb·ft (9~11 kg·m)
OHG060007L
■ Type B
OHG061015A
Then position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the wheel
nuts. Be sure the socket is seated
completely over the nut. Do not stand
on the wrench handle or use an extension pipe over the wrench handle. Go
around the wheel tightening every nut
following the numerical sequence
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, dust and dirt may get
into the tire valve and air may leak
from the tire. If you lose a valve cap,
buy another and install it as soon as
possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Reducing lug
nuts
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled - or,
if replaced, that nuts with metric
threads and the same chamfer
configuration are used. Your
vehicle has metric threads on the
wheel studs and nuts. Installation
of a non-metric thread nut on a
metric stud will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not have
metric threads. Be sure to use
extreme care in checking for thread
style before installing aftermarket lug
nuts or wheels. If in doubt, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6 18
WARNING - Wheel studs
Do not drive your vehicle with
damaged wheel studs. If the
studs are damaged, they may
lose their ability to retain the
wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
To prevent the jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench and spare tire
from rattling while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing the
spare tire. Adjust it to the specified
pressure, if necessary. Refer to
“Tires and wheels” in section 8.
Important - use of compact spare
tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a compact spare tire. This compact spare
tire takes up less space than a regular-size tire. This tire is smaller than a
conventional tire and is designed for
temporary use only.
• You should drive carefully when
the compact spare is in use. The
compact spare should be replaced
by the proper conventional tire and
rim at the first opportunity.
• The operation of this vehicle is not
recommended with more than one
compact spare tire in use at the
same time.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Spare tire
Do not operate your vehicle on
this compact spare at speeds
over 50 mph. The compact
spare tire is for emergency use
only. The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare, possibly leading to personal injury or death.
The compact spare should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
✽ NOTICE
Check the inflation pressure after
installing the spare tire. Adjust it to
the specified pressure, as necessary.
When using a compact spare tire,
observe the following precautions:
• Under no circumstances should you
exceed 50 mph; a higher speed
could damage the tire.
• Ensure that you drive slowly enough
for the road conditions to avoid all
hazards. Any road hazard, such as a
pothole or debris, could seriously
damage the compact spare.
• Any continuous road use of this tire
could result in tire failure, loss of
vehicle control, and possible personal injury.
• Do not exceed the vehicle’s maximum load rating or the load-carrying capacity shown on the sidewall
of the compact spare tire.
• Avoid driving over obstacles. The
compact spare tire diameter is
smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and reduces the
ground clearance approximately 1
inch, which could result in damage
to the vehicle.
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use tire chains on the compact spare tire. Because of the smaller size, a tire chain will not fit properly. This could damage the vehicle
and result in loss of the chain.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly
and replace worn compact spare
tires with the same size and design,
mounted on the same wheel.
• The compact spare tire should not
be used on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow tires,
wheel covers or trim rings be used
with the compact spare wheel. If
such use is attempted, damage to
these items or other vehicle components may occur.
• Do not use more than one compact
spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
6 19
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
A
B
C
dolly
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle
with the rear wheels on the ground
(without dollies) and the front wheels
off the ground.
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged
or the vehicle is being towed with the
front wheels on the ground, use a
towing dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
sling type
HXD03
OMC045012
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow-truck service. Proper
lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies or flatbed
is recommended.
6 20
HXD02
CAUTION
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies :
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC
position.
2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
■ Front
CAUTION - Towing gear
position
Always place the transaxle shift
lever in N (Neutral) when towing
your vehicle. Failure to place the
transaxle shift lever in N (Neutral)
may cause internal damage to
the transaxle.
OHG061009A
OHG061008N
■ Rear
Removable towing hook
(front, if equipped)
1. Open the trunk, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing
the lower part of the cover on the
front bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
OHG060010
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend you to have it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service.
6 21
What to do in an emergency
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook under the front/rear of the
vehicle. Use extreme caution when
towing the vehicle. A driver must be
in the vehicle to steer it and operate
the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
• Do not use the tow hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other
conditions from which the vehicle
cannot be driven out under its own
power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than
the vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
6 22
• Attach a towing strap to the tow
hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle other
than the tow hooks for towing may
damage the body of your vehicle.
• Only use a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing vehicles. Securely fasten the cable or
chain to the towing hook provided.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do
not pull from the side or at a vertical angle. Always pull straight
ahead.
OTD069011
• Use a towing strap less than 16 feet
long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 12 inches wide) in the middle of the strap for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing
strap is not loosened during towing.
What to do in an emergency
Emergency towing precautions
• Place the ignition switch in ACC so
the steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking bake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill,
the brakes may overheat and brake
performance will be reduced. Stop
often and let the brakes cool off.
• If the vehicle is being towed with all
four wheels on the ground, it can
be towed only from the front. Be
sure that the transaxle is in neutral.
Be sure the steering is unlocked by
placing the ignition switch in the
ACC position. A driver must be in
the towed vehicle to operate the
steering and brakes.
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• To avoid serious damage to
the automatic transaxle, limit
the vehicle speed to 10 mph
and drive less than 1 mile
when towing.
• Before towing, check the level
of the automatic transaxle
fluid. If it is below the "HOT"
range on the dipstick, add
fluid. If you cannot add fluid, a
towing dolly must be used.
Tie-down hook
WARNING - Tie-down
hook
Do not use the tie-down hooks
for towing purposes. These
hooks are designed ONLY for
transport tie-down. If the tiedown hooks are used for towing, the tie-down hooks or
deflector will be damaged and
this could lead to serious injury.
6 23
Maintenance
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Maintenance services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5
Owner maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
Scheduled maintenance service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
• Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
• Maintenance under severe usage conditions . . . . . . 7-19
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items . . . . 7-20
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Air cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Wiper blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . . 7-37
• Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Tire terminology and definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
• All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
• Summer tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Snow tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
• Radial-ply tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Engine compartment fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Fuse/relay panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
7
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
• Headlight, position light, turn signal light,
front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-63
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-67
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . 7-67
• High mounted stop light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
• Interior light bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
Appearance care. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-78
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
California perchlorate notice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Engine oil dipstick
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Engine coolant reservoir
4. Radiator cap
5. Brake fluid reservoir
6. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
7. Air cleaner
8. Positive battery terminal
9. Negative battery terminal
10. Fuse box
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OHG011004A
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Should you have any doubts concerning the inspection or servicing of
your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer perform this work.
An authorized HYUNDAI dealer has
factory-trained technicians and genuine HYUNDAI parts to service your
vehicle properly. For expert advice
and quality service, see an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury.
7 4
Owner’s responsibility
✽ NOTICE
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties. Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
HYUNDAI’s high service quality
standards and receives technical
support from HYUNDAI in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Maintenance
Owner maintenance precautions
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This section gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
As explained earlier in this section,
several procedures can be done only
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
with special tools.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details, read
the separate Owner's Handbook
and Warranty Information booklet
provided with the vehicle. If you are
unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, have it done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
- Maintenance work
Do not wear jewelry or loose
clothing while working under
the hood of your vehicle with
the engine running. These can
become entangled in moving
parts and result in injury. If you
must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain that you remove all jewelry
(especially rings, bracelets,
watches, and necklaces) and all
neckties, scarves, and similar
loose clothing before getting
near the engine or cooling fans.
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies
indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks
are generally not covered by warranties and you may be charged for
labor, parts and lubricants used.
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check coolant level in coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
• Check the radiator and condenser.
Check if the front of the radiator and
condenser are clean and not blocked
with leaves, dirt or insects etc.
If any of the above parts are
extremely dirty or you are not sure
of their condition, take your vehicle
to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Hot coolant
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam may blow
out under pressure. This could
cause burns or other serious
injuries.
7 6
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or change in its straightahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or “pulls” to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or “hard-to-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transaxle occurs,
check the transaxle fluid level.
• Check automatic transaxle P
(Park) function.
• Check parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal)
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn
signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened
with washer fluid.
• Check headlight alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for
wear and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose
wheel lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and checks,
and hood hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow
Normal
Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following
conditions apply, follow Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or
sandy areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in
cold temperatures and/or extremely humid climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy
city traffic during hot weather
above 90°F (32°C).
7 8
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should
inspect, replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal
Maintenance Schedule. After the
periods or distance shown in the
chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
The following maintenance services must be performed to ensure good emission control and performance. Keep
receipts for all vehicle emission services to protect your warranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 6 months
(Continued)
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *1
(15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *1 (7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months)
15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 12 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 18 months
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect air cleaner filter
Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *1
(22,500 miles (36,000 km) or 36 months)
(Continued)
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 30 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free
but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 48 months)
7 10
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(37,500 miles (60,000 km) or 60 months)
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 36 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 42 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *1
(52,500 miles (84,000 km) or 84 months)
*1 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not
mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *1
(45,000 miles (72,000 km) or 72 months)
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 48 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter (if equipped) *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect valve clearance *3
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect drive belts *2
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
(Continued)
7 12
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *4
(60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 96 months)
67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 54 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *4 (67,500 miles (108,000 km) or 108 months)
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free
but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*3 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and
adjust if necessary.
*4 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 66 months
75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 60 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *1
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(75,000 miles (120,000 km) or 120 months)
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect air cleaner filter
Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(82,500 miles (132,000 km) or 132 months)
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 72 months
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect vacuum hose
Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
Inspect brake hoses and lines
Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect drive belts *2
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
(Continued)
7 14
(Continued)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3
(90,000 miles (144,000 km) or 144 months)
97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 78 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3
(97,500 miles (156,000 km) or 156 months)
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free
but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 84 months
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect air cleaner filter
Inspect vacuum hose
Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
Inspect brake hoses and lines
Inspect drive shafts and boots
Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect drive belts *1
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace spark plugs (iridium coated)
112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 90 months
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect air cleaner filter
Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(112,500 miles (180,000 km) or 180 months)
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(105,000 miles (168,000 km) or 168 months)
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 96 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect valve clearance *3
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect drive belts *2
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(Continued)
7 16
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after that,
every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *4
(120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 192 months)
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free
but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*3 : Inspect for excessive tappet noise and/or engine vibration and
adjust if necessary.
*4 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 102 months
❑
❑
❑
❑
Rotate tire
Inspect battery condition
Inspect air cleaner filter
Inspect vacuum hose
(Continued)
❑ Inspect drive belts *1
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 216 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *2
(127,500 miles (204,000 km) or 204 months)
135,000 miles (216,000 km) or 108 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect drive shafts and boots
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
(Continued)
142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 114 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect air cleaner filter
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3
(142,500 miles (228,000 km) or 228 months)
*1 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*2 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
7 17
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (CONT.)
150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 120 months
❑ Rotate tire
❑ Inspect battery condition
❑ Inspect vacuum hose
❑ Inspect air conditioning refrigerant
❑ Inspect brake hoses and lines
❑ Inspect exhaust pipe and muffler
❑ Inspect front brake disc/pads, calipers
❑ Inspect rear brake disc/pads
❑ Inspect steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
❑ Inspect suspension mounting bolts
❑ Inspect brake fluid
❑ Inspect fuel filter *1
❑ Inspect fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
❑ Inspect fuel tank air filter *1
❑ Inspect parking brake
❑ Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap
❑ Inspect drive belts *2
(First, 60,000 miles (96,000 km) or 72 months after that,
every 15,000 miles (24,000 km) or 24 months)
(Continued)
7 18
(Continued)
❑ Replace climate control air filter (for evaporator and blower unit)
❑ Replace air cleaner filter
❑ Replace engine oil and filter
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
❑ Replace coolant
(First, 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 120 months after that,
every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months)
❑ Add fuel additive *3
(150,000 miles (240,000 km) or 240 months)
No check, No service required
❑ Automatic transaxle fluid
*1 : Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free
but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters
like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem
etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance
schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
*2 : The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is
reduced excessively.
*3 : If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized
HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do
not mix other additives.
❈ Inspect : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace
I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
R
EVERY 3,750 MILES (6,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K
AIR CLEANER FILTER
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, E
SPARK PLUGS
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
A, B, H, I, K
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
R
EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)
A, C, E, F, G, I
FRONT BRAKE DISC/PADS AND CALIPERS
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
REAR BRAKE DISC/PADS
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, F
PARKING BRAKE
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, G, H
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE &
BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT AND
UPPER ARM BALL JOINT
I
MORE FREQUENTLY
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
DRIVE SHAFTS AND BOOTS
I
EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS C, D, E, F, G, H, I
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
(FOR EVAPORATOR AND BLOWER UNIT)
R
MORE FREQUENTLY
MAINTENANCE ITEM
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt- spread
roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
DRIVING CONDITION
C, E
E - Driving in sandy areas
F - Driving in heavy traffic area over 90°F (32°C)
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road
H - Towing a Trailer, or using a camper, or roof rack
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle towing
J - Driving over 106 mph (170 km/h)
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
7 19
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the car
is being driven in severe conditions,
more frequent oil and filter changes
are required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven,
damage the emission system and
cause multiple issues such as hard
starting. If an excessive amount of
foreign matter accumulates in the
fuel tank, the filter may require
replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the
engine for several minutes, and
check for leaks at the connections.
Fuel filters should be installed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals
specified in the maintenance schedule. Make sure that a new vapor hose
or fuel filler cap is correctly replaced.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
7 20
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving component which might cause
heat damage or mechanical wear.
Inspect all hose connections, such as
clamps and couplings, to make sure
they are secure, and that no leaks are
present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence of
deterioration or damage.
Maintenance
Air cleaner filter
Coolant
A Genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Spark plugs
Automatic transaxle fluid
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
Automatic transaxle fluid does not
need to be checked under normal
usage conditions.
But in severe conditions, the fluid
should be changed at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer in accordance to
the scheduled maintenance at the
beginning of this chapter.
Valve clearance
Inspect excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary. An authorized HYUNDAI dealer
should perform the operation.
✽ NOTICE
Automatic transaxle fluid color is
basically red.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid will begin to
look darker.
This a normal condition and you
should not judge the need to replace
the fluid based upon the changed
color.
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction
and failure.
Use only specified automatic transaxle
fluid. (Refer to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in section 8.)
Cooling system
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7 21
Maintenance
Brake hoses and lines
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Brake discs, pads, calipers
and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Brake fluid
Suspension mounting bolts
Check brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on
the side of the reservoir. Use only
hydraulic brake fluid conforming to
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system
including the parking brake pedal or
lever and cables.
7 22
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine
off, check for excessive free-play in
the steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage. Check the dust boots and ball
joints for deterioration, cracks, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
Exhaust pipe and muffler
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Drive shafts and boots
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
WARNING - Radiator
hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may
be hot enough to burn you.
CAUTION - Replace
OHG071003A
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level
ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to
reach normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a
few minutes (about 5 minutes) for
the oil to return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,
and re-insert it fully.
5. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level. The level should
be between F (Full) and L (Low).
engine oil
Do not overfill the engine oil.
Engine damage may result.
OHG070004
If it is near or at L (Low), add enough
oil to bring the level to F (Full). Do
not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil
from being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
and capacities” in section 8.)
7 23
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
WARNING
Changing the engine oil and
filter
Have engine oil and filter changed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
section.
7 24
- California proposition 65
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation or
cancer of the skin if left in contact with the skin for prolonged
periods of time. Always protect
your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
WARNING - Cooling fan
Use caution when
working near the
blade of the cooling
fan. The
electric
motor (cooling fan) is
controlled by engine coolant
temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed. It may
sometimes operate even when
the engine is not running.
Your vehicle equipped with GDI,
the electric motor (cooling fan)
may operate until you disconnect the negative battery cable.
Not heeding these warnings
could result in serious injuries.
Maintenance
OHG070005
Checking the coolant level
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (Full) and L (Low) marks
on the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection
against freezing and corrosion. Bring
the level to F (Full), but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only
deionized water or soft water for
your vehicle and never mix hard
water in the coolant filled at the factory. An improper coolant mixture
can result in serious malfunction or
engine damage.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycolbased coolant to prevent corrosion
and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the
following table.
Mixture Percentage (volume)
Ambient
Temperature
Antifreeze
Water
-15°C (5°F)
35
65
-25°C (-13°F)
40
60
-35°C (-31°F)
50
50
-45°C (-49°F)
60
40
7 25
Maintenance
CAUTION - Removing
radiator cap
Never attempt to
remove the radiator
cap while the engine
is operating or hot.
Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage.
OHG071006L
WARNING - Radiator cap
Do not remove the
radiator cap when the
engine and radiator
are hot. Scalding hot
coolant and steam
may blow out under pressure
causing serious injury.
7 26
Turn the engine off and wait until it
cools down. Use extreme care when
removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the first
stop. Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system.
When you are sure all the pressure
has been released, press down on
the cap, using a thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
Changing the coolant
Have the coolant changed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to the Maintenance Schedule at
the beginning of this section.
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into engine parts such as
the alternator.
Maintenance
BRAKE FLUID
CAUTION - Proper fluid
Only use brake fluid in brake
system. Small amounts of
improper fluids (such as engine
oil) can cause damage to the
brake system.
OVG079007L
Checking the brake fluid level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX (Maximum) and MIN
(Minimum) marks on the side of the
reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the
MAX (Maximum) level. The level will
fall with accumulated mileage. This is
a normal condition associated with
the wear of brake linings. If the fluid
level is excessively low, have the
brake system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Use only the specified brake fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants
or capacities” in section 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
the vehicle should be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Brake fluid
When changing and adding
brake fluid, handle it carefully.
Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake fluid should
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a
large quantity of fresh tap water.
Have your eyes examined by a
doctor as soon as possible.
CAUTION - Brake fluid
Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
Brake fluid, which has been exposed
to open air for an extended time
should never be used as its quality
cannot be guaranteed. It should be
disposed of properly.
7 27
Maintenance
PARKING BRAKE
WASHER FLUID
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control or
damage to paint and body trim.
OHG071008A
Checking the washer fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if washer fluid is not available. However, use
washer solvent with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent
freezing.
7 28
OHG051085
WARNING - Windshield
Do not
washer
washer
humans
fluid
drink the windshield
fluid. The windshield
fluid is poisonous to
and animals.
WARNING - Flammable
fluid
Do not allow the washer fluid to
come in contact with open
flames or sparks.The windshield
washer fluid is flammable under
certain circumstances. This can
result in a fire which could result
in serious injuries.
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking brake
by counting the number of “clicks’’
heard while fully applying it from the
released position. Also, the parking
brake alone should securely hold the
vehicle on a fairly steep grade.
If the stroke is more or less than
specified, have the parking brake
adjusted by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Stroke : 5 “clicks’’ at a force of
66 lbs (30 kg, 294 N).
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
OHG070009
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary,
and should not be washed.
You can clean the filter when inspecting the air cleaner element.
OHG070010
OVG079012
1. Loosen the air cleaner cover
attaching clips and open the cover.
2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner
cover and the air box.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Lock the cover with the cover
attaching clips.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely dusty or sandy areas, replace the
element more often than the usual
recommended intervals. (Refer to
“Maintenance under severe usage
conditions” in this section.)
7 29
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
CAUTION - Air filter
maintenance
• Do not drive with the air cleaner removed; this will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or
dirt does not enter the air
intake, or damage may result.
• Use a HYUNDAI genuine part.
Use of non-genuine parts
could damage the air flow sensor.
7 30
Filter inspection
If the vehicle is operated in the
severely air-polluted cities or on
dusty rough roads for a long period,
it should be inspected more frequently and replaced earlier. When
you, the owner, replace the climate
control air filter, replace it performing
the following procedure, and be careful to avoid damaging other components.
Replace the filter according to the
maintenance Schedule.
OHG070011
Filter replacement
1. Open the glove box and remove
the support strap (1).
Maintenance
OHG070012
OHG070014
OHG070041
2. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers by turning them
counterclockwise on both sides.
3. Remove the climate control air filter cover while pressing the lock
on the right side of the cover.
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
When replacing the climate control
air filter install it properly.
Otherwise, the system may produce
noise and the effectiveness of the filter
may be reduced.
7 31
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
1JBA5122
Blade inspection
Commercial hot waxes applied by
automatic car washes have been
known to make the windshield difficult to clean.
7 32
Contamination of either the windshield or the wiper blades with foreign matter can reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not
wiping properly, clean both the window and the blades with a good
cleaner or mild detergent, and rinse
thoroughly with clean water
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
• To prevent damage to the
wiper arms or other components, do not attempt to move
the wipers manually.
• The use of a non-specified
wiper blade could result in
wiper malfunction and failure.
Maintenance
OHM078059
Front windshield wiper blade
1. Raise the wiper arm.
OHM078060
OHG070043
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
pull down the blade assembly and
remove it.
3. Install the new blade assembly in
the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION - Wiper arms
Do not allow the wiper arm to
fall against the windshield,
since it may chip or crack the
windshield.
7 33
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING - Battery
OHG070015
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from
the battery immediately with a
solution of water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be
used for an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 34
dangers
Always read the following instructions carefully
when handling a battery.
Keep lighted cigarettes
and all other flames or
sparks away from the
battery.
The battery contains
hydrogen - a highly combustible gas, which will
explode if it comes in contact with a flame or spark.
Keep batteries out of
the reach of children
because batteries contain highly corrosive
SULFURIC ACID and
electrolytes. Do not
allow battery acid to
contact your skin, eyes,
clothing or paint finish.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If any electrolyte gets into
your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get
immediate medical attention. If electrolyte gets on
your skin, thoroughly
wash the contacted area.
If you feel a pain or a burning sensation, get medical
attention immediately.
Wear eye protection when
charging or working near
a battery. Always provide
ventilation when working
in an enclosed space.
An inappropriately disposed battery can be
harmful to the environment and human health.
Dispose the battery
according to your local
law(s) or regulation.
(Continued)
Maintenance
(Continued)
The battery contains
lead. Do not dispose of it
after use. Please return
the battery to an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to
be recycled.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak, resulting in personal injury. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery
cables are connected.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
Never touch these components with the engine running
or the ignition switched on.
Failure to follow the above
warnings can result in serious
bodily injury or death.
WARNING - Recharging
battery
Never attempt to recharge the
battery when the battery cables
are connected. Some charging
equipment can release a voltage spike that will damage vehicle electronics, resulting in
thousands of dollars in required
repair parts which are not covered by warranty if damaged by
not following this warning.
When you don’t use the vehicle for a
long time in a low temperature area,
separate the battery and keep it
indoors.
WARNING
- California proposition 65
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
WARNING - Risk of
electrocution
Never touch the electrical ignition system while the vehicle is
running. This system works
with high voltage which can
"zap" you.
7 35
Maintenance
Battery recharging
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged
in a short time (because, for example, the headlights or interior lights
were left on while the vehicle was
not in use), recharge it by slow
charging (trickle) for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while
the vehicle is being used, recharge
it at 20-30A for two hours.
7 36
When recharging the battery, observe
the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed from
the vehicle and placed in an area
with good ventilation.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 120°F (49°C).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
• Before performing maintenance or
recharging the battery, turn off all
accessories and stop the engine.
• The negative battery cable must be
removed first and installed last
when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window (See section 4)
• Sunroof (See section 4)
• Driver position memory system
(See section 4)
• Trip computer (See section 4)
• Climate control system
(See section 4)
• Clock (See section 4)
• Audio (See section 4)
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1 mile (1.6 km).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure,
refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.
OHG050081L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
WARNING - Tire under
inflation
Inflate your tires consistent with
the instructions provided in this
manual. Severe underinflation
can lead to severe heat build-up,
causing blowouts, tread separation and other tire failures that
can result in the loss of vehicle
control leading to severe injury
or death. This risk is much higher on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling and
reduced fuel economy. Wheel
deformation also is possible. Keep
your tire pressures at the proper
levels. If a tire frequently needs
refilling, have it checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a harsh ride,
excessive wear at the center of the
tire tread, and a greater possibility
of damage from road hazards.
• Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4
to 6 psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not
release air from warm tires to
adjust the pressure or the tires will
be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire inflation
valve caps. Without the valve cap,
dirt or moisture could get into the
valve core and cause air leakage. If
a valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
7 37
Maintenance
WARNING - Tire Inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and lead
to sudden tire failure. This could
result in loss of vehicle control
and potential injury.
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the tires
are cold. (After vehicle has been
parked for at least three hours or
has not been driven more than 1
mile (1.6 km) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your spare
tire each time you check the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle. Be
careful not to overload a vehicle
luggage rack if your vehicle is
equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly worn,
or if your tires have been damaged, replace them.
7 38
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
Maintenance
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire
failure leading to accidents,
injuries, and even death. The
recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every time
you check the pressure of the
other tires on your vehicle.
Tire rotation
■ Without a spare tire
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in section 8.
■ Directional tires (if equipped)
S2BLA790A
CBGQ0707A
7 39
Maintenance
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to left.
Do not use the compact spare tire for
tire rotation.
WARNING - Mixing tire
types
Do not mix bias ply and radial ply
tires under any circumstances.
This may cause unusual handling characteristics that could
result in death, severe injury, or
property damage.
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION - Wheel weight
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
7 40
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
Maintenance
WARNING - Replacing
tires
To reduce the chance of serious
or fatal injuries from an accident
caused by tire failure or loss of
vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are damaged. Worn tires can cause
loss of braking effectiveness,
steering control, and traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure
in your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never
mix radial and bias-ply tires on
the same car. You must replace
all tires (including the spare) if
moving from radial to bias-ply
tires.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Using tires and wheels other
than the recommended sizes
could cause unusual handling
characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) to work irregularly.
Compact spare tire replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
7 41
Maintenance
Wheel replacement
Tire traction
Tire maintenance
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. To reduce the possibility of
losing control, slow down whenever
there is rain, snow or ice on the road.
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling characteristics, ground clearance,
body-to-tire clearance, snow
chain clearance, speedometer
and odometer calibration, headlight aim and bumper height.
WARNING - Wheel
Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI's specifications may
fit poorly and result in damage
to the vehicle or unusual handling and poor vehicle control.
7 42
Maintenance
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
P245/40R19 94V
94 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
V - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
P - Applicable vehicle type (tires
marked with the prefix “P’’ are
intended for use on passenger
vehicles or light trucks; however,
not all tires have this marking).
P245 - Tire width in millimeters.
40 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
Example wheel size designation:
8.0JX19
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
8.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
19 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 43
Maintenance
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
7 44
Maximum Speed
112 mph (180 km/h)
118 mph (190 km/h)
130 mph (210 km/h)
149 mph (240 km/h)
Above 149 mph (240 km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1612 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2012.
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, it is recommended that
tires generally be replaced after
six (6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by hot climates or
frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
warning can result in sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or
death.
Maintenance
4. Tire ply composition and material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
Tires degrade over time, even when
they are not being used. Regardless
of the remaining tread, we recommend that tires be replaced after
approximately six(6) years of normal
service. Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions
can accelerate the aging process.
7 45
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire’s ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C
may have poor traction performance.
The traction grade assigned to this
tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not
include acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
7 46
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and possible sudden
tire failure. This can cause loss
of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
Tire terminology and definitions
Air Pressure: The amount of air
inside the tire pressing outward on
the tire. Air pressure is expressed in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight: This means the
combined weight of optional accessories. Some examples of optional
accessories
are,
automatic
transaxle, power seats, and air conditioning.
Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a
tire's height to its width.
Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords
that is located between the plies and
the tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing materials.
Bead: The tire bead contains steel
wires wrapped by steel cords that
hold the tire onto the rim.
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the plies are laid at alternate
angles less than 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Maintenance
Cold Tire Pressure: The amount of
air pressure in a tire, measured in
pounds per square inch (psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built
up heat from driving.
Curb Weight: This means the weight
of a motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
maximum capacity of fuel, oil and
coolant, but without passengers and
cargo.
DOT Markings: A code molded into
the sidewall of a tire signifying that
the tire is in compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation motor
vehicle safety standards. The DOT
code includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designator which can also identify the
tire manufacturer, production plant,
brand and date of production.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Front Axle.
GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the Rear axle.
Intended Outboard Sidewall: The
side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa): The metric unit for
air pressure.
Load Index: An assigned number
ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds to the load carrying capacity
of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure: The
maximum air pressure to which a
cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating: The load
rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that
tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight:
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight: The
number of occupants a vehicle is
designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Occupant Distribution: Designated
seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall: The side
of a asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that faces outward when
mounted on a vehicle. The outward
facing sidewall bears white lettering
or bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire
used on passenger cars and some
light duty trucks and multipurpose
vehicles.
Recommended Inflation Pressure:
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure and shown
on the tire placard.
Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in
which the ply cords that extend to the
beads are laid at 90 degrees to the
centerline of the tread.
Rim: A metal support for a tire and
upon which the tire beads are seated.
Sidewall: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
7 47
Maintenance
Speed Rating: An alphanumeric
code assigned to a tire indicating the
maximum speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction: The friction between the
tire and the road surface. The
amount of grip provided.
Tread: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators: Narrow
bands, sometimes called "wear bars,"
that show across the tread of a tire
when only 2/32 inch of tread remains.
UTQGS: Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards, a tire information
system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
7 48
Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designated seating positions
multiplied by 150 lbs. (68 kg) plus the
rated cargo and luggage load.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire: Load on an individual tire due to
curb and accessory weight plus
maximum occupant and cargo
weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire:
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to a vehicle showing the
original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure.
All season tires
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires
on some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy and icy road conditions. All season tires are identified
by ALL SEASON and/or M+S (Mud
and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow
tires have better snow traction than
all season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Maintenance
Summer tires
Snow tires
Tire chains
HYUNDAI specifies summer tires on
some models to provide superior
performance on dry roads. Summer
tire performance is substantially
reduced in snow and ice. Summer
tires do not have the tire traction rating M+S (Mud and Snow) on the tire
side wall. If you plan to operate your
vehicle in snowy or icy conditions.
HYUNDAI recommends the use of
snow tires or all season tires on all
four wheels.
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result.
Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28
kPa) more air pressure than the
pressure recommended for the standard tires on the tire label on the driver's side of the center pillar, or up to
the maximum pressure shown on the
tire sidewall, whichever is less.
Do not drive faster than 75 mph (120
km/h) when your vehicle is equipped
with snow tires.
Tire chains, if necessary, should be
installed on the front wheels.
Be sure that the chains are installed
in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do
not continue to use tire chains when
they are no longer needed.
7 49
Maintenance
• When driving on roads covered
with snow or ice, drive at less than
20 mph (30 km/h).
• Use the SAE “S” class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by chains
contacting the body, retighten the
chain to avoid contact with the
vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten
the chains after driving 0.3~0.6
miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
In unavoidable circumstance, use
a wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.47
inches (12 mm) to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
7 50
Radial-ply tires
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical radial-ply tires should
always be used as a set of four.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval shown in this section
to achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
■ Multi fuse type
Normal
Blown
Normal
Blown
OVF071101
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one
located in the driver’s side panel bolster, another is in the engine compartment.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Before replacing a blown fuse, disconnect the negative battery cable.
Always replace a blown fuse with
one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and multi fuse type for
higher amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse
replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
a possible fire.
CAUTION - Fuse
replacement
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the
system.
7 51
Maintenance
CAUTION
• When replacing a blown fuse
or relay with a new one, make
sure the new fuse or relay fits
tightly into the clips The
incomplete fastening fuse or
relay may cause the vehicle
wiring and electric systems
damage and a possible fire.
• Do not remove fuses, relays
and terminals fastened with
bolts or nuts. The fuses, relays
and terminals may be fastened incompletely, and it may
cause a possible fire. If fuses,
relays and terminals fastened
with bolts or nuts are blown,
consult
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not input any other objects
except fuses or relays into
fuse/relay terminals such as a
driver or wiring. It may cause
contact failure and system
malfunction.
7 52
OHG070016
OYF079021
Instrument panel fuse replacement
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If you do not have a spare, use a fuse
of the same rating from a circuit you
may not need for operating the vehicle, such as the power outlet fuse.
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
Maintenance
If the headlights or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are OK, check the fuse panel
in the engine compartment. If a fuse
is blown, it must be replaced.
OHG070018
Fuse switch
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
position. A notice will appear on the
LCD display to notify the driver the
fuse switch should be in the ON position. For more details, refer to "LCD
display" in section 4.
If you move the switch to the OFF
position, some items such as audio
and digital clock must be reset and or
smart key may not work properly.
CAUTION
Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving
the vehicle.
OHG070019
Engine compartment fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all
other switches off.
2. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
3. Check the removed fuse; replace it
if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips.
If it fits loosely, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 53
Maintenance
CAUTION - Fuse panel
covers
After checking the fuse panel in
the engine compartment, securely install the fuse panel cover to
prevent electrical failures which
may occur from water contact.
7 54
OVG079023L
OHG070021
Main fuse
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
4. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
5. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel in the
engine compartment.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
OHG070022
Fuse/relay panel description
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers,
you can find the fuse/relay label
describing fuse/relay name and
capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
OHG071051A
7 55
Maintenance
Instrument panel (Driver’s side fuse panel)
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
Protected component
1
7.5A
IMMO
2
7.5A
A/BAG IND
3
20A
SPARE
-
4
10A
AUDIO
AMP, MAP Lamp, Front Monitor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Power Outlet Relay),
A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Smart Key Control Module, Telematics Unit
5
7.5A
MODULE 2
ABS/ESC Control Module, Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH,
Rear Power Window Switch LH/RH, Console Switch, A/C Control Module, Active Incar Sensor,
Driver IMS Module, Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH/RH/LH(Center)/R H(Center)
Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module
Instrument Cluster
6
10A
MODULE 1
Driver Power Seat Switch, Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module,
Stop Lamp Switch, Crash Pad Switch, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module, Steering Tilt &
Telescope Module, E/R Fuse & Relay Box(Stop Lamp Relay), Instrument Cluster, Multifunction
Switch, Head Lamp Leveling Device Actuator LH/RH, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module,
Electro Chromic Mirror, ATM Lever Indicator, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module
7
10A
HTD MIRR
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
8
7.5A
MDPS
9
20A
C/LIGHTER
10
15A
A/BAG
7 56
MDPS Unit
Center Tray Outlet
SRS Control Module, A/C Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
Protected component
11
7.5A
MODULE 3
Panorama Sunroof, Instrument Cluster, Rain Sensor, Smart Key Control Module,
Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH
12
7.5A
A/CON
A/C Control Module, E/R Fuse & Relay (Blower Relay), Cluster Ionizer,
Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module
13
10A
HTD STRG
14
20A
IGN 1
15
20A
SPARE
16
10A
MEMORY 1
Steering Wheel Heater
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (ECU 5 10A, ECU 4 10A, IGN 1 15A)
Driver Power Seat Switch, Data Link Connector, A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Door Module,
Instrument Cluster, Tire Pressure Monitoring Module, Auto Light & Photo Sensor
Cup Holder Lamp, Rear Door Lamp LH/RH, MAP Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Mood Lamp,
Driver/Passenger Door Lamp, Driver/Passenger Foot Lamp, Driver/Passenger Door Scuff Lamp,
INTERIOR LAMP
Rear Door Mood Lamp LH/RH, Vanity Lamp Switch LH/RH, Rear Door Scuff Lamp LH/RH,
Trunk Room Lamp, Center Tray Lamp, Garnish Lamp LH/RH, Rear Personal Lamp Center/LH/RH
17
10A
18
25A
WIPER
Wiper Motor, E/R Fuse & Relay Box (Washer Relay, Wiper (Low) Relay, Wiper (High) Relay)
19
10A
STOP LAMP
Immobilizer Module, Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch, Start Stop Button Switch
20
15A
SPARE
21
7.5A
MEMORY 2
22
10A
MULTI MEDIA
23
7.5A
START
RF Receiver
Front Monitor, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Telematics Unit
Transaxle Range Switch, PCM
7 57
Maintenance
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
24
20A
SPARE
25
20A
SUNROOF
26
10A
TRUNK
27
20A
S/HEATER RR
28
10A
DRV P/SEAT
-
29
25A
P/ WDW LH
Driver Safety Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH
30
25A
AMP
31
25A
PASS P/SEAT
32
25A
P/WDW RH
33
25A
SPARE
34
25A
SMART KEY 1
35
15A
P/HANDLE
36
20A
37
20A
7 58
Protected component
Panorama Sunroof
Trunk Lid Relay, Fuel Filler Door & Trunk Lid Switch
Rear Seat Warmer LH/RH
AMP
Passenger Reclining Limit Switch, Passenger Seat Relay Box
Passenger Safety Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH
Smart Key Control Module
Sport Mode Switch, Steering Tilt & Telescopic Module
S/HEATER FRT Driver/Passenger Seat Warmer Module, Driver/Passenger CCS Control Module
DR LOCK
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Two Turn Unlock Relay)
Maintenance
OHG070023
Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in
this manual may be applicable to
your vehicle. It is accurate at the
time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer
to the fuse panel label.
OHG071050A
7 59
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
No.
MULTI
FUSE
Fuse rating
Symbol
Protected component
1
60A
IP B+2
Smart Junction Box (P/HANDLE 15A, SUNROOF 20A, DRV P/SEAT 10A, IPS 2, ARISU-LT 1)
2
60A
IP B+3
Smart Junction Box (P/WDW 25A, P/WDW RH 25A, S/HEATER FRT 10A, TRUNK 10A )
3
40A
IGN1
W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch
With Smart Key - PDM 1 (ACC) Relay, PDM 2 (IG1) Relay
4
40A
ESC1
ESC Control Module, ABS Control Module
5
40A
RR HTD
RR HTD Relay
6
40A
BLOWER
Blower Relay
7
60A
IP B+4
Smart Junction Box (STOP LAMP 10A, S/HEATER RR 20A, IPS 4, ARISU-LT 2)
8
80A
MDPS
MDPS Unit
9
10A
A/CON
A/C Control Module
10
10A
B/UP LP
11
15A
IGN 1
Transaxle Range Switch
12
10A
ECU 4
PCM
Rear Combination Lamp (IN) LH/RH, Electro Chromic Mirror , A/V & Navigation Head Unit
FUSE
7 60
Maintenance
No.
FUSE
Fuse rating
Symbol
Protected component
13
10A
ECU 5
Multipurpose Check Connector
14
25A
SPARE
-
15
30A
EPB 2
-
16
40A
IGN 2
Start Relay, W/O Smart Key - Ignition Switch,
With Smart Key - PDM 3 (IG2) Relay
17
30A
EPB 1
-
18
40A
EMS
19
40A
ESC 2
ESC Control Module, ABS Control Module
20
50A
C/FAN
C/F an (HI) Relay, C/F an (LO) Relay
22
20A
DIAGNOSIS
23
25A
POWER
OUTLET
24
10A
AMS
25
10A
CRUISE
26
15A
STOP LAMP
EMS Box (ECU 3 15A, ECU 1 30A, F/PUMP 20A, HORN 15A)
Multipurpose Check Connector
Power Outlet Relay
Battery Sensor
Stop LAMP Relay, Stop Signal Relay
7 61
Maintenance
7 62
No.
Fuse rating
Symbol
Protected component
27
20A
DEICER
28
30A
DRV P/SEAT
29
40A
P B+1
30
20A
IGN COIL
31
10A
32
10A
EUC 2
33
10A
INJECTOR
34
15A
35
15A
ECU 3
36
20A
F/PUMP
37
15A
HORN
EMS Box (Horn Relay), ICM Relay Box(Burglar Horn Relay)
38
30A
ECU 1
EMS Box (Engine Control Relay)
Deicer Relay
Driver Lumbar Support Limit Switch, Driver IMS Module,
Power Seat Relay Box, Driver Reclining Limit Switch
Smart Junction Box (DR LOCK 20A, SMART KEY 1 25A,
Leak Current Autocut Device (Leak Current Autocut Relay,
Leak Current Autocut Switch, IPS 5)), E/R Fuse & Relay Box (DIAGNOSIS 20A)
Ignition Coil #1~#6, Condenser #1/#2
IDB (Injector Driver Box), PCM, Purge Control Solenoid Valve,
ECU/SENSOR 2 Oil Control Valve #1 ~ #4, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1, #2, Canister Close Valve,
E/R Fuse & Relay Box (C/FAN (HI) Relay)
IDB (Injector Driver Box)
EMS Box (Fuel Pump Relay), PCM
ECU/SENSOR 1 Oxygen Sensor #1~#4, PCM
PCM
EMS Box (Fuel Pump Relay)
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
WARNING - Lights
Prior to working on the light,
firmly apply the parking brake,
ensure that the ignition switch is
changed to the OFF position
and turn off the lights to avoid
sudden movement of the vehicle
and burning your fingers or
receiving an electric shock.
Use only the bulbs of the specified
wattage.
CAUTION - Light
replacement
Be sure to replace the burnedout bulb with one of the same
wattage rating. Otherwise, it
may cause damage to the fuse
or electric wiring system.
If you do not have necessary tools,
the correct bulbs and the expertise,
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. In many cases, it is difficult to
replace vehicle light bulbs because
other parts of the vehicle must be
removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true if you have
to remove the headlight assembly to
get to the bulb(s). Removing/installing
the headlight assembly can result in
damage to the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
After driving in rain or washing the
vehicle, the headlight and taillight
lenses could appear frosty. This condition is caused by the temperature
difference between the lamp inside
and outside. This is similar to the
condensation on your windows
inside your vehicle during the rain
and doesn’t indicate a problem with
your vehicle. If the water leaks into
the lamp bulb circuitry, have the
vehicle checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OHG071025A
Headlight, position light, turn
signal light, front fog light bulb
replacement
(1) Headlight (High) /
DRL (Daytime running light)
(2) Headlight (Low)
(3) Front turn signal light
(4) Position (Parking) light
(5) Front side marker
(6) Front fog light
7 63
Maintenance
OHD076046
WARNING - Halogen
bulbs
• Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass that
could cause injuries if broken.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
7 64
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
Headlight (HID type)
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
- HID Headlight low beam
Do not attempt to replace or
inspect the low beam (XENON
bulb) due to electric shock danger. If the low beam (XENON
bulb) is not working, have your
vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI Dealer.
CAUTION
If your vehicle is equipped with
High Intensity Discharge (HID)
headlights, these headlights
contain mercury. So if you need
to have your vehicle disposed,
you should remove the HID
Headlights before disposal. The
removed HID headlights should
be recycled, re-used or disposed as hazardous waste.
Maintenance
HID lamps have superior performance vs. halogen bulbs. HID lamps
are estimated by the manufacturer to
last twice as long or longer than
halogen bulbs depending on their
frequency of use. They will probably
require replacement at some point in
the life of the vehicle. Cycling the
headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life.
HID lamps do not fail in the same
manner as halogen incandescent
lamps. If a headlamp goes out after a
period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp
switch is cycled it is likely the HID
lamp needs to be replaced. HID lighting components are more complex
than conventional halogen bulbs and
thus have higher replacement cost.
■ High beam
5. Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly.
6. Install a new headlight bulb.
7. Connect the headlight bulb socket
connector.
8. Install the headlight bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
OHG070045
■ Low beam
If the headlight aiming adjustment is
necessary after the headlight assembly is reinstalled, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OHG070044
Headlight (bulb type)
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood.
3. Remove the headlight bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlight bulb
socket connector.
7 65
Maintenance
5. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
6. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
OHG070042
Turn signal light
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the hood.
3. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
4. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7 66
Position (Parking) light, front fog
light and front side marker
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
Stop/tail light and rear side marker
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OHG070026
OHG070027
Side repeater light bulb
replacement
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Stop and tail light
Rear turn signal light
Backup light
Rear side marker
7 67
Maintenance
OHG070028
OHG070029
Rear turn signal light
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the trunk.
3. Remove the service cover by
pulling out the service cover.
7 68
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly
by aligning the tabs on the socket
with the slots in the assembly.
Push the socket into the assembly
and turn the socket clockwise.
8. Install the service cover by putting
it into the service hole.
OHG070030
Backup light
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the trunk.
3. Loosen the retaining screw of the
trunk lid cover and then remove
the cover.
4. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counter clockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
Maintenance
OHG070040
5. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
7. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the
assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
8. Reinstall the trunk lid cover by
pushing in the screw.
OHG070031
OHG070039
High mounted stop light
replacement
License plate light bulb
replacement
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Loosen the retaining screws with a
philips head screwdriver.
3. Remove the bulb assembly by
turning it counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5. Install a new bulb.
6. Reinstall the bulb assembly
securely with the retaining screws.
7 69
Maintenance
Interior light bulb replacement
■ Glove box lamp
■ Map lamp
Glove box lamp and luggage room
lamp
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
WARNING - Interior lights
Prior to working on the Interior
lights, ensure that the lights are
off to avoid burning your fingers
or receiving an electric shock.
■ Luggage room lamp
■ Door courtesy lamp
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior
light housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
OHG070033/OHG070034
OHG070035/OHG070036
7 70
Maintenance
■ Vanity mirror lamp
■ Room lamp
Type A
OHG071052A
Type B
Map lamp, room lamp, door courtesy lamp and vanity mirror lamp
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OHG070037/OHG070038
7 71
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
7 72
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign materials. Make sure the drain holes in the
lower edges of the doors and rocker
panels are kept clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
CAUTION
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water,
and do not wash the vehicle in
direct sunlight or when the
body of the vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the
plastic parts and lamps, do
not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Maintenance
OJB037800
CAUTION - Wetting engine
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical
circuits located in the engine
compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic components inside the vehicle as
this may damage them.
Waxing
A good coat of wax is a barrier
between your paint and contaminate.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
CAUTION - Drying vehicle
• Wiping dust or dirt off the
body with a dry cloth will
scratch the finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive cleaners, or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on
chrome-plated or anodized
aluminum parts. This may
result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
7 73
Maintenance
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be
sure the body shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired
or replaced.
7 74
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end of
each winter. Pay special attention to
these areas because it is difficult to
see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down the
road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not be allowed to clog with
dirt; trapped water in these areas can
cause rusting.
Maintenance
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,
polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum wheels.
They may scratch or damage the
finish.
• Clean the wheels when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, be sure to clean
the wheels after driving on salted
roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any acid detergent. It
may damage and corrode the aluminum wheels coated with a clear
protective finish.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, we produce vehicles of the
highest quality. However, this is only
part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your vehicle can deliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance is also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion
are road salts, dust control chemicals,
ocean air and industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to occur.
For example, corrosion is accelerated
by high humidity, particularly when
temperatures are just above freezing.
In such conditions, the corrosive material is kept in contact with the vehicle
surfaces by moisture that is slow to
evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
is slow to dry and holds moisture in
contact with the vehicle. Although the
mud appears to be dry, it can still retain
the moisture and promote corrosion.
7 75
Maintenance
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from
getting started by observing the following:
7 76
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you should
take extra care to prevent corrosion.
In winter, hose off the underside of
your vehicle at least once a month
and be sure to clean the underside
thoroughly when winter is over.
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, give particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Maintenance
Keep your garage dry
Do not park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates
a favorable environment for corrosion.
This is particularly true if you wash
your vehicle in the garage or drive it
into the garage when it is still wet or
covered with snow, ice or mud. Even a
heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so
moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are
highly corrosive and may damage
painted surfaces in just a few hours.
Always remove bird droppings as
soon as possible.
Do not neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor
mats and carpeting to cause corrosion. Check under the mats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.
Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in
proper containers and any spills or
leaks should be cleaned up, flushed
with clean water and thoroughly
dried.
7 77
Maintenance
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner, and air freshener from contacting
the interior parts because they may
cause damage or discoloration. If they
do contact the interior parts, wipe
them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
CAUTION - Electrical
componants
Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/
electronic components inside the
vehicle as this may damage them.
CAUTION - Leather
When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
7 78
Cleaning the upholstery and interior trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt
webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION - Rear windows
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
In order to assure the proper function
of the emission control systems, it is
recommended that you have your
vehicle inspected and maintained by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance with the maintenance
schedule in this manual.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase emission control
system
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative emission control (including ORVR:
Onboard Refueling Vapor
Recovery) system
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
(The ORVR system is designed to
allow the vapors from the fuel tank to
be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing
the escape of fuel vapors into the
atmosphere.)
7 79
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
7 80
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could
affect its performance, safety or durability and may even violate governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification may not be covered under
warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. Therefore,
if you smell exhaust fumes of any
kind inside your vehicle, have it
inspected and repaired immediately.
If you ever suspect exhaust fumes
are coming into your vehicle, drive it
only with all the windows fully open.
Have your vehicle checked and
repaired immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
Maintenance
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running, adjust
the ventilation system (as needed)
to draw outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Fire
• Do not park, idle or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Also, do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle or do not coat the
vehicle for corrosion control.
It may present a fire risk under
certain conditions.
WARNING - Catalytic converter
Keep away from the catalytic
converter and exhaust system
while the vehicle is running or
immediately thereafter. The
exhaust and catalytic systems
are very hot and may burn you.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
7 81
Maintenance
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the ignition off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the ignition off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with an extremely low
fuel level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
7 82
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the
catalytic converter and to your vehicle. Additionally, such actions could
void your warranties.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling
may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Notice
to
California
Vehicle
Dismantlers: Perchlorate containing
materials, such as air bag inflators,
seatbelt pretensioners and keyless
remote entry batteries, must be disposed of according to Title 22
California Code of Regulations
Section 67384.10 (a).
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Bulb wattage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Tires and wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Weight and volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
Recommended lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . 8-4
• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
Vehicle identification number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Vehicle certification label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
Tire specification and pressure label . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Engine number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Refrigerant label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
Consumer information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
Binding arbitration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
8
Specifications & Consumer information
ENGINE
BULB WATTAGE
Item
Displacement
Bore x Stroke
Firing order
No. of cylinders
Gasoline 3.3L
cu. in
(cc)
203.9
(3342)
in
(mm)
3.62 x 3.30
(92 x 83.8)
1-2-3-4-5-6
V-type
DIMENSIONS
Item
Overall length
Overall width
Overall height
Front tread
Rear tread
Wheelbase
P
P
P
P
245/45
245/40
245/45
245/40
in (mm)
193.3 (4910)
73.2 (1860)
57.8 (1470)
R18
63.2
R19
63.1
R18
63.3
R19
63.1
112.0 (2845)
(1606)
(1602)
(1607)
(1603)
Light Bulb
Headlights (Low)
Headlights (High)/DRL*1
Front turn signal light
Front
Position light
Side repeater light
Front fog light
Front side marker
Stop light
Tail light
Rear turn signal light
Rear Back-up light
High mounted stop light
License plate light
Rear side marker
Map lamp
Room lamp
Interior Luggage lamp
Glove box lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
*1 DRL : Daytime Running Light
8 2
Wattage Bulb type
55 or 35
H7 or D1S
(HID)
55
21
LED
LED
35
LED
LED
LED
27
16
LED
5
LED
LED
LED
5
5
LED
H7
HY21W
LED
LED
H8
LED
LED
LED
PY27W
W16W
LED
W5W
LED
LED
LED
FESTOON
FESTOON
LED
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Item
Inflation pressure bar psi (kPa)
Normal load *1
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
Tire size
Wheel size
P245/45R18
7.5Jx18
32 (220)
32 (220)
32 (220)
32 (220)
P245/40R19
8.0Jx19
32 (220)
32 (220)
32 (220)
32 (220)
T135/80D17
4.0Tx17
60 (420)
60 (420)
60 (420)
60 (420)
Full size tire
Compact
spare tire
Wheel lug nut
torque lb•ft
(kg•m, N•m)
65~79
(9~11, 88~107)
*1: Normal load : Up to 3 persons
✽ NOTICE
It is permissible to add 3psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are expected, re-check
your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
WEIGHT AND VOLUME
Item
Gasoline 3.3L
Gross vehicle weight
lbs (kg)
Luggage volume
cu ft (l)
4785 (2170)
16.0 (454)
8 3
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Volume
Classification
6.02 US qt. (5.7 l)
API Service SM*3,
ILSAC GF-4 or above,
ACEA A5
Automatic transaxle fluid
8.24 US qt. (7.8 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-4, SK ATF SP-4
NOCA ATF SP-4, HYUNDAI genuine ATF & SP-4
or other brands meeting the above specification
approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.
Coolant
8.88 US qt. (8.4 l)
Mixture of antifreeze and water (Ethylene glycol
base coolant for aluminum radiator)
0.7~0.8 US qt. (0.7~0.8 l)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
18.49 US gal. (70 l )
Unleaded gasoline
Engine oil * * (drain and refill)
Recommends
1
Brake fluid
Fuel
2
*1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing
the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’s
time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 If the API service SM or ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API service SL or ACEA A3.
8 4
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining
any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine and
other mechanisms that could be
damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has
an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and
engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel
economy and cold weather performance, however, higher viscosity
engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using
oils of any viscosity other than those
recommended could result in engine
damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the
range of temperature your vehicle
will be operated in before the next oil
change. Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the
chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
°C -30
Temperature
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
(°F)
Gasoline
Engine Oil *1
50
120
10W-30
5W-30
*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE 5W-30 (API Service SM / ILSAC GF-4 / ACEA A5).
However, if the engine oil is not available in your country, select the proper
engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
8 5
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VIN label
OHG080001
OBH088005N
OHG080007L
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the
engine compartment bulkhead.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
The vehicle certification label
attached on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side center pillar gives the
vehicle identification number (VIN).
8 6
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
REFRIGERANT LABEL
OHG050081L
OHG080004
OHG071053A
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
The refrigerant label is located on
the underside of the hood.
8 7
Specifications & Consumer information
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been
prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
Your Hyundai dealer will help answer
any questions you may have as you
read this information.
Hyundai motor vehicles are designed
and manufactured to meet or exceed
all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly
urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner's Manual, particularly the information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and
"WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you
have any questions regarding the
operation of your vehicle, please
contact your nearest Hyundai Motor
America Regional Office as listed in
the following:
8 8
Eastern
Region:
Connecticut,
Delaware, Maine, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, New Jersey, New York,
Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Vermont.
Eastern Region
1122 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831
(800) 633-5151
Southern Region: Florida, Georgia,
Maryland, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Virginia, West Virginia.
Southern Region
3025 Chastain Meadows Parkway
suite 100 Marietta, GA 30066
(800) 633-5151
South Central Region: Alabama,
Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New
Mexico, Oklahoma, Tennessee, Texas.
South Central Region
1421 South Beltline Road,
Suite 400 Coppell, TX 75019
(800) 633-5151
Central Region: Illinois, Indiana,
lowa, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesota,
Nebraska, North Dakota, South
Dakota, Ohio, Wisconsin, Kansas,
Missouri.
Central Region
1705 Sequoia Drive
Aurora, Illinois 60506
(800) 633-5151
Western Region: Alaska, Arizona,
California Colorado, Hawaii, ldaho,
Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah,
Washington, Wyoming.
Western Region
10550 Talbert Avenue
P.O.Box 20850
Fountain Valley,
California 92728-0850
(800) 633-5151
Specifications & Consumer information
REPORTING SAFETY
DEFECTS
If you believe that your vehicle has a
defect which could cause a crash or
could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the
National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) in addition
to notifying HYUNDAI MOTOR
AMERICA. If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect
exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot become
involved in individual problems
between you, your dealer, or
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the
Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-4249153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,
1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE West
Building Washington, DC 20590. You
can also obtain other information
about motor vehicle safety from
http://www.safercar.gov.
BINDING ARBITRATION (U.S.A ONLY)
Any claim or dispute you may have
related to your vehicle's warranty or
the duties contemplated under the
warranty, including claims related to
the refund or partial refund of your
vehicle's purchase price (excluding
personal injury or product liability
claims), shall be resolved by binding
arbitration. Binding arbitration shall
be administered by and through the
American Arbitration Association
(AAA).
You will not be responsible for paying
filing and hearing fees above
$275.00. All other arbitration costs
shall be borne by Hyundai Motor
America. You are not responsible to
pay any of the costs Hyundai incurs.
This Binding Arbitration Agreement
shall not deprive you of any remedies available to you under applicable law. The parties are waiving their
right to seek remedies in court,
including the right to a jury trial.
This Binding Arbitration Agreement
shall be governed by and interpreted
under the Federal Arbitration Act, 9
U.S.C. sections 1-16. Judgment upon
any award may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction.
You may revoke this Arbitration
Agreement by (1) written notice or
(2) electronic notice. Written notice
must be delivered (via certified mail)
to Hyundai Motor America, Attn:
Consumer Affairs, 10550 Talbert
Avenue, P.O. Box 20849, Fountain
Valley, CA 92728-0849.
Electronic notice must be submitted
at the following website address:
http://warranty-arbitration.hyundai
USA.com. Notice must be received
within 90 days after you purchase
your vehicle.
8 9
Index
I
Index
A
Active eco system ..........................................................5-32
Air bag warning label ....................................................3-59
Air bag warning light ....................................................3-38
Air bags..........................................................................3-35
Air bag warning label................................................3-59
Air bag warning light ................................................3-38
Curtain air bag ..........................................................3-50
Driver's and passenger's front air bag ......................3-46
Occupant classification system ................................3-41
Side impact air bag....................................................3-49
SRS components and functions ................................3-38
Air cleaner ....................................................................7-29
Air ventilation seat (front) ..............................................3-9
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) ......................................5-19
Appearance care ............................................................7-72
Exterior care ..............................................................7-72
Interior care ..............................................................7-78
Armrest (rear) ................................................................3-13
Ashtray ........................................................................4-110
Audio system ..............................................................4-118
Automatic climate control system ................................4-94
Air conditioning ......................................................4-101
Automatic heating and air conditioning....................4-95
Climate control air filter..........................................4-104
Manual heating and air conditioning ........................4-96
I 2
Automatic transaxle ......................................................5-10
Sports mode ..............................................................5-12
Shift lock system ......................................................5-14
Aux, USB and iPod® port ..........................................4-119
B
Base curb weight ..........................................................5-47
Battery............................................................................7-34
Battery replacement (Smart key) ..................................4-10
Battery saver function....................................................4-82
Before driving ..................................................................5-3
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ................................4-118
Bottle holders, see cup holders....................................4-110
Brake fluid ....................................................................7-27
Brake system..................................................................5-16
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)..................................5-19
Electronic stability control (ESC) ............................5-21
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ..................................5-25
Parking brake ............................................................5-18
Power brakes ............................................................5-16
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ......................5-24
Bulb replacement, see light bulbs..................................7-63
Bulb wattage ....................................................................8-2
Button start/stop, see engine start/stop button ................5-5
Index
C
California perchlorate notice ........................................7-82
Capacities (Lubricants)....................................................8-4
Care
Exterior care ..............................................................7-72
Interior care ..............................................................7-78
Tire care ....................................................................7-37
Cargo capacity ..............................................................5-44
Cargo weight..................................................................5-47
Center console storage ................................................4-108
Central door lock switch................................................4-17
Certification label ..................................................5-46, 8-6
Chains
Tire chains ................................................................5-40
Changing tires................................................................6-14
Checking tire inflation pressure ....................................7-38
Child restraint system ....................................................3-27
Lower anchor ............................................................3-33
Seat belt ....................................................................3-29
Tether anchor system ................................................3-32
Child-protector rear door lock ......................................4-18
Climate control air filter ..............................................4-104
Climate control air filter replacement............................7-30
Clock (Digital) ............................................................4-112
Clothes hanger ............................................................4-113
Combined instrument, see instrument cluster ..............4-49
Compact spare tire ........................................................6-18
Compact spare tire replacement ....................................7-41
Coolant ..........................................................................7-24
Cooling fluid, see engine coolant ..................................7-24
Crankcase emission control system ..............................7-79
Cruise control system ....................................................5-28
Cup holder ..................................................................4-110
Cup holder (rear) ..........................................................3-14
Curtain air bag ..............................................................3-50
D
Dashboard illumination, see instrument panel
illumination ................................................................4-50
Dashboard, see instrument cluster ................................4-49
Daytime running light (DRL) ........................................4-83
Defogging (Windshield) ..............................................4-105
Defogging logic (Windshield) ....................................4-106
Defroster (Rear window) ..............................................4-93
Defrosting (Windshield) ..............................................4-105
Digital clock ................................................................4-112
Dimensions ......................................................................8-2
Display illumination, see instrument panel
illumination ................................................................4-50
Displays, see instrument cluster ....................................4-49
Door courtesy lamp ......................................................4-92
Door locks......................................................................4-15
Central door lock switch ..........................................4-17
Child-protector rear door lock ..................................4-18
I 3
Index
Drinks holders, see cup holders ..................................4-110
Driver position memory system ..................................4-33
Easy access function ................................................4-34
Driver's 3-point seat belt................................................3-18
Driver's and passenger's front air bag............................3-46
Driving at night..............................................................5-36
Driving in flooded areas ................................................5-37
Driving in the rain..........................................................5-37
E
Economical operation ....................................................5-33
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system and compass ..............................4-38
Electronic power steering (EPS)....................................4-35
Electronic stability control (ESC) ................................5-21
Emergency starting ..........................................................6-5
Jump starting ..............................................................6-5
Push starting ................................................................6-6
Emergency towing ........................................................6-21
Emergency trunk safety release ....................................4-20
Emergency while driving ................................................6-3
Emission control system................................................7-79
Crankcase emission control system ..........................7-79
Evaporative emission control system........................7-79
Exhaust emission control system ..............................7-80
Engine (Specification) ....................................................8-2
Engine compartment ................................................2-6, 7-3
I 4
Engine compartment fuse replacement ........................7-53
Engine coolant ..............................................................7-24
Engine coolant temperature gauge ................................4-51
Engine number ................................................................8-7
Engine oil ......................................................................7-23
Engine overheat ..............................................................6-7
Engine start/stop button ..................................................5-5
Engine will not start ........................................................6-4
Evaporative emission control system ............................7-79
Exhaust emission control system ..................................7-80
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..............7-20
Exterior care ..................................................................7-72
Exterior overview (front) ................................................2-2
Exterior overview (rear) ..................................................2-3
F
Flat tire ..........................................................................6-13
Changing tires ..........................................................6-14
Compact spare tire ....................................................6-18
Jack and tools ............................................................6-13
Removing and storing the spare tire ........................6-14
Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................4-113
Fluid
Brake fluid ................................................................7-27
Washer fluid ..............................................................7-28
Folding the rear seat ......................................................3-14
Index
Front passenger and rear seat belt ................................3-20
Front seat adjustment ......................................................3-4
Cushion extension ......................................................3-5
Forward and rearward ................................................3-5
Lumber support ..........................................................3-5
Seat cushion height ....................................................3-5
Seatback angle ............................................................3-5
Fuel filler lid ..................................................................4-26
Emergency fuel filler lid release ..............................4-28
Fuel gauge......................................................................4-51
Fuel requirements ............................................................1-3
Fuse switch ....................................................................7-53
Fuse/relay panel description ..........................................7-55
Fuses ..............................................................................7-51
Instrument panel fuse replacement ..........................7-52
Engine compartment fuse replacement ....................7-53
Fuse switch................................................................7-53
Fuse/relay panel description......................................7-55
Memory fuse ............................................................7-54
Multi fuse ..................................................................7-52
G
Gauge
Engine coolant temperature gauge............................4-51
Fuel gauge ................................................................4-51
GAW (Gross axle weight) ............................................5-47
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating) ................................5-47
Glass antenna ..............................................................4-116
Glassroof, see panorama sunroof ................................4-29
Glove box ....................................................................4-108
Glove box lamp..............................................................4-92
GVW (Gross vehicle weight) ........................................5-47
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ..........................5-47
H
Hazard warning flasher ..........................................4-82, 6-2
Hazardous driving conditions ........................................5-35
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function ..........................4-82
Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function ....................4-83
Headrest (front)................................................................3-6
Headrest (rear) ..............................................................3-11
Hight adjustment (Seat belt) ..........................................3-19
Highway driving ............................................................5-38
Hill-start assist control (HAC) ......................................5-25
Hood ..............................................................................4-25
Horn ..............................................................................4-37
How to use this manual ..................................................1-2
I
Immobilizer system ........................................................4-4
Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster ..................1-7
Indicators and warnings ................................................4-67
Inside rearview mirror ..................................................4-38
I 5
Index
Instrument cluster ..........................................................4-49
Engine coolant temperature gauge............................4-51
Fuel gauge ................................................................4-51
Instrument panel illumination ..................................4-50
LCD display ..............................................................4-52
LCD display warnings and indicators ......................4-61
Maintenance system ..................................................4-60
Odometer ..................................................................4-53
Speedometer ..............................................................4-50
Tachometer ................................................................4-50
Trip computer ............................................................4-52
User settings ..............................................................4-56
Warning and indicators ............................................4-67
Instrument panel fuse replacement ................................7-50
Instrument panel illumination........................................4-50
Instrument panel overview ..............................................2-5
Interior care....................................................................7-78
Interior features
Ashtray ....................................................................4-110
Clothes hanger ........................................................4-113
Cup holder ..............................................................4-110
Digital clock ............................................................4-112
Floor mat anchor(s) ................................................4-113
Power outlet ............................................................4-111
Rear curtain ............................................................4-114
Side curtain..............................................................4-115
Sunvisor ..................................................................4-111
I 6
Interior light ..................................................................4-90
Door courtesy lamp ..................................................4-92
Glove box lamp ........................................................4-92
Map lamp ..................................................................4-90
Mood lamp ................................................................4-91
Room lamp ................................................................4-91
Trunk room lamp ......................................................4-91
Vanity mirror lamp ....................................................4-92
Interior overview..............................................................2-4
J
Jack and tools ................................................................6-13
Jump starting....................................................................6-5
K
Keys ................................................................................4-3
L
Label
Air bag warning label................................................3-59
Refrigerant label..........................................................8-7
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-43
Tire specification and pressure label ..........................8-7
Vehicle certification label............................................8-6
Index
LCD display ..................................................................4-52
LCD display warnings and indicators ..........................4-61
Light bulbs ....................................................................7-63
Headlight, position light, turn signal light,
front fog light bulb replacement ............................7-63
High mounted stop light replacement ......................7-69
Interior light bulb replacement..................................7-70
License plate light bulb replacement ........................7-69
Rear combination light bulb replacement ................7-67
Side repeater light bulb replacement ........................7-67
Lighting..........................................................................4-82
Battery saver function ..............................................4-82
Auto light position ....................................................4-85
Daytime running light (DRL) ..................................4-83
Front fog light ..........................................................4-87
Lighting control
Headlight (Headlamp) escort function......................4-82
Headlight (Headlamp) welcome function ................4-83
Headlight position ....................................................4-84
High beam operation ................................................4-85
Parking light position ................................................4-84
Turn signals and lane change signals........................4-85
Lower anchor ................................................................3-33
Lubricants and capacities ................................................8-4
M
Maintenance
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ..........7-20
Maintenance services ..................................................7-4
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ............7-19
Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Owner maintenance ....................................................7-6
Scheduled maintenance service ..................................7-8
Tire maintenance ......................................................7-42
Maintenance schedule......................................................7-8
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ............7-19
Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Maintenance system (LCD display) ..............................4-60
Map lamp ......................................................................4-90
Memory fuse..................................................................7-54
Mirrors ..........................................................................4-38
Electric chromic mirror (ECM) with
HomeLink® system and compass..........................4-38
Inside rearview mirror ..............................................4-38
Outside rearview mirror ............................................4-46
Reverse parking aid ..................................................4-48
Mood lamp ....................................................................4-91
Moonroof, see panorama sunroof..................................4-29
Multi fuse ......................................................................7-54
Multimedia system ......................................................4-116
Audio system ..........................................................4-118
Aux, USB and iPod® port ......................................4-119
I 7
Index
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ............................4-118
Glass antenna ..........................................................4-116
Navigation system ..................................................4-118
Steering wheel audio control ..................................4-116
N
Navigation system........................................................4-118
O
Occupant classification system......................................3-41
Odometer ......................................................................4-53
Oil (Engine) ..................................................................7-23
Outside rearview mirror ................................................4-33
Overheat (Engine)............................................................6-7
Owner maintenance ........................................................7-6
P
Panorama sunroof ..........................................................4-29
Parking brake........................................................5-18, 7-28
Power brakes..................................................................5-16
Power outlet ................................................................4-111
Power window lock button ............................................4-24
Pre-tensioner seat belt....................................................3-21
Push starting ....................................................................6-6
I 8
R
Rear curtain..................................................................4-114
Rear parking assist system ..........................................4-77
Rear seat ........................................................................3-11
Rearveiw camera............................................................4-81
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures ..................7-37
Recommended lubricants and capacities ........................8-4
Recommended SAE viscosity number........................8-5
Refrigerant label ..............................................................8-7
Remote keyless entry system ..........................................4-8
Removable towing hook ..............................................6-21
Replacement light bulb, see light bulbs ........................7-63
Reverse parking aid ......................................................4-48
Road warning ..................................................................6-2
Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-35
Room lamp ....................................................................4-91
S
Scheduled maintenance service ......................................7-8
Normal maintenance schedule ....................................7-9
Maintenance under severe usage conditions ............7-19
Seat belt warning ..........................................................3-17
Seat belts........................................................................3-16
Hight adjustment ......................................................3-19
Pre-tensioner seat belt ..............................................3-21
Index
Seat belt - Driver's 3-point system ............................3-18
Seat belt warning ......................................................3-17
Seat belts - Front passenger and rear seat ................3-20
Seat warmer (front)..........................................................3-8
Seat warmer (rear) ........................................................3-12
Seatback pocket ............................................................3-10
Seating capacity ............................................................5-43
Seats ................................................................................3-2
Air ventilation seat (front) ..........................................3-9
Armrest (rear)............................................................3-13
Cup holder (rear) ......................................................3-14
Folding the rear seat..................................................3-14
Front seat adjustment ..................................................3-4
Headrest (front) ..........................................................3-6
Headrest (rear) ..........................................................3-11
Rear seat ....................................................................3-11
Seat warmer (front) ....................................................3-8
Seat warmer (rear) ....................................................3-12
Seatback pocket ........................................................3-10
Shift lock system ..........................................................5-14
Side curtain ..................................................................4-115
Side impact air bag ........................................................3-49
Smart key ........................................................................4-6
Battery replacement ................................................4-10
Remote keyless entry system ......................................4-8
Smooth cornering ..........................................................5-36
Snow tires ......................................................................5-39
Spare tire
Compact spare tire ....................................................6-18
Compact spare tire replacement................................7-41
Removing and storing the spare tire ........................6-14
Special driving conditions ............................................5-35
Driving at night ........................................................5-36
Driving in flooded areas............................................5-37
Driving in the rain ....................................................5-37
Hazardous driving conditions ..................................5-35
Highway driving........................................................5-38
Rocking the vehicle ..................................................5-35
Smooth cornering ......................................................5-36
Speedometer ..................................................................4-50
Sports mode ..................................................................5-12
SRS components and functions ....................................3-38
Starting difficulties, see engine will not start ..................6-4
Steering wheel ..............................................................4-35
Electronic power steering (EPS) ..............................4-35
Horn ..........................................................................4-37
Tilt steering ..............................................................4-36
Steering wheel audio control ......................................4-116
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ..................5-44
Storage compartment ..................................................4-108
Center console storage ............................................4-108
Glove box ................................................................4-108
Sunglass holder ......................................................4-109
Sunglass holder............................................................4-109
I 9
Index
Sunroof, see panorama sunroof ....................................4-29
Sunvisor ......................................................................4-111
Sunvisor lamp, see vanity mirror lamp..........................4-92
T
Tachometer ....................................................................4-50
Tether anchor system ....................................................3-32
Theft-alarm system ........................................................4-12
Tie-down hook ..............................................................6-23
Tilt steering ....................................................................4-36
Tire and loading information label ................................5-43
Tire chains......................................................................5-40
Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ......................6-8
Tire specification and pressure label ..............................8-7
Tires and wheels ............................................................7-37
Checking tire inflation pressure ................................7-38
Compact spare tire replacement................................7-41
Recommended cold tire inflation pressures..............7-37
Tire care ....................................................................7-37
Tire maintenance ......................................................7-42
Tire replacement ................................................7-40, 8-3
Tire rotation ..............................................................7-39
Tire sidewall labeling ................................................7-43
Tire traction ..............................................................7-42
Wheel alignment and tire balance ............................7-40
Wheel replacement ............................................7-42, 8-3
I 10
Towing ..........................................................................6-20
Emergency towing ....................................................6-21
Removable towing hook ..........................................6-21
Tie-down hook ..........................................................6-23
Towing capacity ............................................................5-44
Trailer towing ................................................................5-48
Transaxle
Automatic transaxle ..................................................5-10
Trip computer ................................................................4-52
Trunk..............................................................................4-19
Emergency trunk safety release ................................4-20
Trunk room lamp ..........................................................4-91
Turn signals and lane change signals ............................4-86
One-touch triple turn signal ......................................4-87
U
User settings (LCD display) ..........................................4-56
V
Vanity mirror lamp ........................................................4-92
Vehicle break-in process ..................................................1-5
Vehicle capacity weight ................................................5-43
Vehicle certification label ................................................8-6
Vehicle curb weight ......................................................5-47
Vehicle data collection and event data recorders ............1-6
Index
Vehicle identification number (VIN) ..............................8-6
Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-43
Cargo capacity ..........................................................5-44
Certification label......................................................5-46
Seating capacity ........................................................5-43
Steps For Determining Correct Load Limit ..............5-44
Tire and loading information label............................5-43
Towing capacity ........................................................5-44
Vehicle capacity weight ............................................5-43
Vehicle stability management (VSM) ..........................5-24
Vehicle weight
Base curb weight ......................................................5-47
Cargo weight ............................................................5-47
GAW (Gross axle weight) ........................................5-47
GAWR (Gross axle weight rating)............................5-47
GVW (Gross vehicle weight)....................................5-47
GVWR (Gross vehicle weight rating) ......................5-47
Vehicle curb weight ..................................................5-47
Windows ........................................................................4-21
Auto up/down window ..............................................4-23
Power window lock button........................................4-24
Windshield defrosting and defogging..........................4-105
Defogging logic ......................................................4-106
Winter driving ................................................................5-39
Snow tires..................................................................5-39
Tire chains ................................................................5-40
Wiper blades ..................................................................7-32
Wipers and washers ......................................................4-88
W
Warning and indicators ..................................................4-67
Warnings and indicators (LCD display) ........................4-61
Washer fluid ..................................................................7-28
Weight and volume ..........................................................8-3
Wheel alignment and tire balance ................................7-40
Wheel replacement ........................................................7-42
I 11
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement